TEST BANK for Systems Analysis and Design 10th Edition by Kendall Kenneth and Kendall Julie. by ACADEMIAMILL

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 1 Systems, Roles, and Development Methodologies 1.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of these software packages are not open source software (OSS)? A) Microsoft Windows B) Mozilla Firefox Web browser C) Apache Web server D) A Linux operating system Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 2) Which of these characteristics is most important to a systems analyst? A) communicator B) problem solver C) programmer D) project manager Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 3) Which of these statements concerning the systems development life cycle is true? A) Designing the system is the first step in the SDLC. B) No phase can occur until the previous phase is completed. C) Although each phase is presented discretely, it is never accomplished as a separate step. D) There is widespread agreement that the SDLC is composed of seven phases. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1a-Understand the need for systems analysis and design in organizations. 4) System maintenance must be performed to: A) correct software errors. B) add new features that have never been requested before. C) remove features that none of the users are using. D) keep programmers employed. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 8 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are.

5) Which of these is not used by analysts when adopting CASE tools? A) communicating more effectively with users B) expediting the local area network C) increasing productivity D) integrating the work done during life cycle stages Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 6) An encyclopedia that is used to store all project information is called: A) a data dictionary. B) an upper CASE tool. C) a CASE repository. D) a lower CASE tool. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 7) Which of the following is not a dimension used to categorize an open source community? A) programming style B) environment C) user community D) licensing Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 8) When program software is distributed free with the code or computer instructions available for anyone to modify, it is called: A) freeware. B) code independent software. C) a distributed system. D) open source software. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are.

9) Object-oriented approaches use what industry standard for modeling object-oriented systems? A) artificial intelligence B) a distributed system C) the unified modeling language D) multi-view Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 10) Which of the following is not one of the fundamental components of the agile approach? A) pressure B) values C) principles D) core practices Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 11) Which of the following is not one of the four values of the agile approach? A) communication B) expertise C) simplicity D) courage Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 12) Which of the following questions would NOT be used by the analyst when determining the human information requirements of a system? A) What needs to be done to make the system audible, legible, and safe? B) How can the system be made within the approved budget? C) How can the system be made pleasing or even fun to use? D) How can the system support a user's individual work tasks and make them more productive in new ways? Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are.

13) Which of these is a reason for an organization to participate in open source communities? A) to maintain mutually beneficial relationships with other software developers B) to keep down the development costs on a project C) to increase productivity by leveraging a committed group of developers D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 14) Decision makers are beginning to understand that ________ is not just a byproduct of conducting business, but a critical factor in determining the success or failure of a business. A) information B) decoration C) hesitation D) frustration Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 1 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1a-Understand the need for systems analysis and design in organizations. 15) As a(n) ________, an analyst draws on professional expertise concerning computer hardware and software and their uses in the business. A) supporting expert B) consultant C) programmer D) agent of change Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 3 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 16) The most prominent quality of an analyst is that of a(n): A) problem solver. B) consultant. C) programmer. D) agent of change. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are.

17) The ________ summarizes what has been discovered about the users, usability, and usefulness of current systems; provides cost-benefit analyses of alternatives; and makes recommendations on what (if anything) should be done. A) systems proposal B) database design C) template D) development life cycle Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 18) ________ tells users how to use software and what to do if software problems occur. A) Program specifications packet B) Software development life cycle C) Programming guidelines D) Documentation Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 19) One important justification for CASE tools is to increase analyst: A) confidence. B) productivity. C) skill. D) None of the above Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 20) In the information requirements phase of the ________, the analyst is striving to understand what information users need to perform their jobs A) Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) B) Human computer interface C) The keyboard D) Human computer interaction Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 5 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) Software that is distributed free along with the program source code is called: A) closed source software. B) open source software. C) Microsoft Windows. D) outsource software. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 22) The ________ is based on values, principles and core practices. A) fragile approach B) open source approach C) closed source approach D) agile approach Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 23) The most comprehensive and responsible role that the systems analyst takes on is that of a(n): A) agent of change. B) compromiser. C) leader. D) consultant. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 3 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 24) The ________ is a phased approach to analysis and design that holds that systems are best developed through the use of a specific cycle of analyst and user activities. A) systems development life cycle B) agile approach C) object-oriented approach D) open source approach Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

25) After the system is installed, it must be ________, meaning that the computer programs must be modified and kept up to date. A) maintained B) replaced C) replicated D) CASE'd Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 8 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 26) ________ is an approach that is intended to facilitate the development of systems that must change rapidly in response to dynamic business environments. A) Agile method B) Systems development life cycle C) Object-oriented analysis and design D) Open source approach Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 27) ________ are those for which the conditions, condition alternatives, actions, and action rules can be determined. A) Useful decisions B) Sequential decisions C) System-wide decisions D) Structured decisions Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 6 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 28) The design phase also includes designing ________ that will store much of the data needed by decision makers in the organization. A) databases B) flow charts C) spreadsheets D) software design models Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 7 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 7 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) Maintenance is performed: A) to correct software errors. B) to enhance the system and its capabilities in response to changing organizational needs. C) Both A and B. D) Neither A nor B. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 8 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 30) Which of the following do not describe how analysts use CASE tools? A) decrease maintenance costs B) increase productivity C) communicate more effectively with users D) integrate the work that they do on the system from the beginning to the end of the life cycle Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 31) A CASE ________ is a large collection of records, elements, diagrams, screens, reports, and other information stored about a particular project. A) repository B) database C) flow chart D) booklet Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 32) The four values of the agile approach are: A) communication, simplicity, user centered design and courage. B) communication, courage, principals and core practices. C) communication, values, feedback, and courage. D) communication, simplicity, feedback, and courage. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

33) Object-oriented approaches use the industry standard for modeling object-oriented systems, called ________ to break down a system into a use case model. A) Extensible Markup Language (XML) B) HyperText Markup Language (HTML) C) Unified Modeling Language (UML) D) Vector Markup Language (VML) Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 34) The agile approach and the ________ approach both allow subsystems to be built one at a time until the entire system is complete. A) systems development life cycle B) unified modeling C) try and try again D) object-oriented Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 14 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 35) An analyst should choose the Systems Development Life Cycle approach when: A) systems have already been developed and documented using SDLC. B) it is important to document each step of the way. C) upper-level management feels more comfortable or safe using SDLC. D) there are adequate resources and time to complete the full SDLC. E) communication of how new systems work is important. F) All of the above. G) None of the above. Answer: F Diff: 1 Page Ref: 14 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

1.2 True/False 1) User involvement throughout the systems project is of little importance in the successful development of business information systems. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 2 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1a-Understand the need for systems analysis and design in organizations. 2) The three primary roles of the systems analyst are as consultant, supporting expert, and change agent. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 2 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 3) When analysts are hired specifically from outside the business to address information systems issues within a business, they are acting as supporting experts. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 2 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 4) Each phase of the system development life cycle is accomplished as a discrete, separate step. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 5) The first SDLC phase that the analyst enters into is that of determining information requirements for the particular users involved. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 6) A systems proposal is prepared after the analysis of system needs. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 7 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

7) During the life cycle of an information system, more time is spent in system maintenance than it took to design and develop the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 8 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 8) CASE tools have the potential of increasing systems analysts' productivity. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 9) CASE tools can allow the user to easily draw and modify diagrams. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 9-10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 10) It is the drawing of diagrams rather than in their modification that CASE tools excel over the use of templates. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 11) Object-oriented techniques are used when systems must change rapidly in response to dynamic business environments. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 12) The four values of the agile approach are communication, simplicity, feedback and courage. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

13) Open source software is distributed for free and then users pay for updates to the software. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 14 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 14) The open source software community is a monoculture, a single unified community. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 15) It is important for the analyst to determine the human needs of the users involved in a development project. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 16) A systems analyst should never be hired specifically to address information systems issues within a business. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 2 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 17) A systems analyst should never draw on professional expertise concerning computer hardware and software and their uses in the business. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 3 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 18) As a systems analyst, you are an agent of change whenever you perform any of the activities in the systems development life cycle and are present and interacting with users and the business for an extended period of time. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 3 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are.

19) Problem solving is never a good quality for a systems analyst. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 20) In the Systems Development Life Cycle (SDLC), several activities may occur simultaneously, and activities may be repeated. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 21) When implementing a new system, it is always best to determine the human needs of the users involved Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 22) When answering questions concerning human-computer interaction (HCI) the analyst should ask questions such as, "What are the users' physical strengths and limitations?" Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 23) The first phase of the systems development life cycle is critical to the success of the rest of the project. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 24) The second phase of the systems development life cycle begins with the documentation of the software being designed. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 5 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

25) In the third phase of the systems development life cycle, analysts can use data flow diagrams to chart the input, processes, and output of the business functions. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 6 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 26) The three major tools for analyzing structured decisions are structured English, decision tables, and decision trees. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 6 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 27) In the design phase of the SDLC, the systems analyst uses the information collected earlier to accomplish the logical design of the information system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 7 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 28) After a system is implemented, businesses spend little money on system maintenance. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 8 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 29) CASE tools were created explicitly to improve an analyst's routine work through the use of automated support. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 30) Visible Analyst (VA) is not an example of a CASE tool that enables systems analysts to do graphical planning, analysis, and design in order to build complex client/server applications and databases. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 9 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 14 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

31) The agile approach is a software development approach based on values, principles, and core practices. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 32) Object-oriented programming differs from traditional procedural programming in that it examines objects that are part of a system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 33) Object-oriented programming is the same as traditional procedural programming in that it examines objects that are part of a system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 34) The phases in UML are similar to those in the SDLC. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 35) The SDLC and object-oriented approaches both require extensive planning and diagramming. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 14 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

1.3 Short Answer 1) List the three primary roles of the systems analyst. Answer: The three primary roles of the systems analyst are consultant, supporting expert, and agent of change. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 2 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1b-Realize what the many roles of a systems analyst are. 2) List four of the seven phases of the systems development life cycle. Answer: Identifying problems, opportunities, and objectives - Determining human information requirements - Analyzing system needs - Designing the recommended system - Developing and documenting software - Testing and maintaining the system - Implementing and evaluating the system Diff: 2 Page Ref: 4 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 3) Describe a situation in which an analyst would choose to use object-oriented systems analysis and design rather than the systems development life cycle. Answer: Students should describe a situation in which the system to be designed must change rapidly in response to dynamic business environments or are undergoing continuous maintenance, adaptation and redesign. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 12 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 4) What is open source software? Answer: OSS is software where many users and programmers can study, share, and modify the code, or computer instructions. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 15 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design. 5) What are the four values of the agile approach? Answer: The four values of the agile approach are communication, simplicity, feedback, and courage. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 10 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 1c-Fundamentals of SDLC, Agile, and Object-Oriented systems analysis and design.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 2 Understanding and Modeling Organizational Systems 2.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of these is most closely associated with system control? A) boundary B) environment C) feedback D) interface Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 2) The elements that make up an organizational system are called: A) entities. B) events. C) factors. D) relationships. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 3) Which of the following symbols is not used on the context-level data flow diagram? A) rectangle with rounded corners B) triangle C) arrow D) shaded corner square Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 4) The context-level data flow diagram depicts: A) the boundaries of a system. B) detailed processes that transform the incoming data to information. C) the system entities and how they are related. D) computer programs and their files. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

5) An external entity may be: A) a person. B) another department. C) another computer system. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 6) Which of these is used to depict a relationship in an entity relationship diagram? A) triangle B) square C) crow's foot line D) rectangle Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 26 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 7) An organization with many employees with each employee having a unique phone extension is said to be a ________ relationship. A) 1:1 B) 1:Many C) Many:1 D) Many:None Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 26 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 8) A crow's foot notation indicates: A) none of the other entity. B) one of the other entity. C) an attributive entity. D) many of the other entity. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 26 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

9) An entity that describes attributes such as repeating groups is called: A) a fundamental entity. B) an associative entity. C) an attributive entity. D) an external entity. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 10) An entity that joins two other entities is called: A) a fundamental entity. B) an associative entity. C) an attributive entity. D) a linking entity. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 11) A many-to-many relationship is replaced with ________ to form two one-to-many relationships. A) a fundamental entity B) an associative entity C) an attributive entity D) a bipolar entity Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 12) Which level of management makes decisions using predetermined rules that have predictable outcomes? A) operations B) middle C) strategic D) None are interested in detailed information. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems.

13) Which level of management is most dependent on external information? A) operations B) middle C) strategic D) None of these are dependent on external information. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 14) Which view of organizations concentrates on myths, metaphors, humor, and ceremonies? A) culture B) human relationships C) leadership style D) technology Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 42 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2d-Comprehend that organizational culture influences the design of information systems. 15) Anything external to an organization's boundaries is considered to be: A) of little importance. B) an environment. C) an enterprise resource system. D) an associative entity. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 16) The free flow of information within a system is called: A) open source information. B) a virtual organization. C) openness. D) enterprise wide resource availability. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective.

17) A(n) ________ uses computer networks and communications technology to bring people together to work on projects. A) virtual enterprise B) open system C) enterprise system D) official subculture Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 18) An integrated organizational information system is called a(n): A) virtual organization. B) open system. C) interrelated external entity. D) enterprise resource planning system. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 22 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 19) An enterprise resource planning system: A) is purchased rather than developed. B) links team members at remote distances. C) uses project management software to develop program coding schedules. D) involves the use of isolated systems that do not interact. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 22-23 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 20) The symbol used to represent a process on a context-level data flow diagram is: A) a diamond inside a rectangle. B) a circle. C) an oval inside a rectangle. D) a rectangle with rounded corners. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

21) Processes on a data flow diagram: A) transform incoming data into outgoing information. B) represent the system boundaries. C) represent the work that a specific user performs. D) change the nature of the relationships on an entity-relationship diagram. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 22) Another name for an associative entity is: A) an attributive entity. B) an external entity. C) a co-variant entity. D) a gerund. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 23) A zero on a relationship line indicates: A) that the relationship line is undefined. B) the absence of any well-defined entities. C) that none is possible for the next relationship. D) that the relationship should be used to create an associative entity. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 27 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 24) Attributes that are underlined on an entity-relationship diagram: A) are the names of external entities. B) can be searched for. C) represent virtual organizational components. D) are used to create attributive entities. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 29 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

25) The management group that has a high need for historical data along with information that allows prediction of future events is: A) operations management. B) middle management. C) strategic management. D) virtual management. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 41 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 26) All systems are composed of interrelated: A) subsystems. B) enterprise systems. C) database systems. D) design systems. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 19 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 27) ________ change or transform inputs into outputs. A) Systems B) Subsystems C) Processes D) Objectives Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 28) All systems and subsystems are interrelated and ________, which indicates that when any element of a system is changed or eliminated, other system elements are also affected. A) interconnected B) interdependent C) Both A and B. D) Neither A nor B. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective.

29) System outputs are used as ________ to compare performance with goals. A) feedback B) data C) inputs D) None of the above. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 30) A(n) ________ system is a system with a relatively free flow of information within the organization. A) open B) closed C) primary D) secondary Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 31) A(n) ________ defines the boundaries of the system. A) context-level data flow diagram B) entity-relationship model C) open diagram D) closed diagram Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 32) The elements that make up an organizational system can be referred to as: A) entities. B) relationships. C) data flows. D) processes. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

33) Another way a systems analyst can show the scope of a system and define proper system boundaries is to use a(n): A) flow chart. B) entity-relationship diagram. C) database diagram. D) spreadsheet. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 34) A(n) ________ on one end of a relationship indicates that none of the entity are a possibility. A) circle or zero B) single line C) crow's foot D) circle and a single line Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 27 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 35) A(n) ________ joins two entities. A) associative entity B) attributive entity C) process entity D) None of the above. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 2.2 True/False 1) Systems and subsystems are interrelated and interdependent. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 2) Feedback is a form of system control. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 20 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 9 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

3) Anything which affects the functioning of an organization is considered to be an environment. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 4) An open system allows free passage of resources (people, information, materials) through its boundaries. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 44 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 5) A context-level data flow diagram includes many detailed processes representing the computer programs within the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 6) In an entity relationship diagram, rectangles represent entities, and ovals represent relationships. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 24 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 7) The elements that make up an organizational system are referred to as entities. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 8) A crow's foot on each side of a relationship indicates a one-to-one relationship. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 26 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 9) An associative entity joins two entities. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 10 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

10) Middle managers make decisions using predetermined rules that have predictable outcomes when implemented correctly. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 11) Strategic managers work in a highly uncertain decision-making environment. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 12) Operations managers most often make one-time decisions but the decisions made by strategic managers tend to be repetitive. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 13) Middle managers are highly dependent on external information. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 41 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 14) Strategic managers tend to use information that is more current than information used by middle managers. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 41 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 15) Often, considering organizational subcultures is more useful than is considering organizational culture. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 42 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2d-Comprehend that organizational culture influences the design of information systems.

16) Understanding organizational subcultures may help analysts overcome resistance to change. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 42 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2d-Comprehend that organizational culture influences the design of information systems. 17) Virtual enterprises use computer networks and communications technology to bring people together on a project. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 18) One drawback of working on a virtual team is that there is no easy way for members to share project results. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 19) Enterprise resource planning systems are software that help the flow of information between the functional areas in an organization. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 22 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 20) ERP systems are only useful in large companies and not able to be used in small and medium-sized enterprises as well. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 23 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 21) Another name for an attributive entity is a gerund. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

22) A many-to-many relationship may be implemented by using an attributive entity on one end. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 23) A zero on one end of a relationship line indicates that there may be none of the entity that the line is connected to. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 27 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 24) A primary use case describes the standard flow of events in the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 34 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 25) Use cases allow people to tell stories. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 39 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 26) The level of management concerned with making decisions using predetermined rules which have predictable outcomes is the operations manager. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 27) Subcultures coexist with "official" organizational cultures. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 42 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2d-Comprehend that organizational culture influences the design of information systems. 28) A brick-and-mortar location uses computer networks and communications technology to bring people together to work on projects. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 22 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 13 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

29) An enterprise resource planning system describes an integrated organizational information system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 22 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective. 30) A use case diagram contains two symbols, the use case and the actor. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 31 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 31) The excludes relationship contains a behavior that is common to more than one use case. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 32 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 32) The communicates relationships handles exceptions to the basic use case. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 32 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 33) Preconditions are the state of the system before the use case may be performed. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 34) Preconditions show the state of the system after the use case has finished. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 35) Middle Management forms the second, or intermediate, tier of the three-tiered management system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 36) An attributive entity can only exist if it is connected to at least two other entities. Answer: FALSE 14 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

Diff: 3 Page Ref: 28 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 37) A use case model describes what a system does without describing how the system does it. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 30 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 38) The requirements met area shows why this use case is important and necessary for the business area to be successful. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 39) Risk is a rough assessment of whether there may be problems or difficulties developing the use case. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 38 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 40) Middle managers are highly dependent on information from external sources that supply news of market trends and the strategies of competing corporations. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 2.3 Short Answer 1) Describe the elements of an E-R diagram depicting the relationship between a person and a tee-shirt. This description should show the following relationship: Each person can have many tee-shirts, but each shirt can only be owned by a single person. Answer: Students should describe two entities, connected with a one to many relationship. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 25 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically.

2) Give an example of the type of decision that would be made by an Operational Manager. Answer: Students should provide an example that is consistent with the idea that Operational Managers use predetermined rules that usually have predictable outcomes, e.g., dismissing an employee for reporting to work late three times in a week. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 40 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 3) What are the three parts of a use case scenario that are always described? Answer: A use case always describes three things: an actor that initiates an event; the event that triggers a use case; and the use case that performs the actions triggered by the event. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 34 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2b-Depicting systems graphically. 4) List the three broad, horizontal levels of management in organizations. Answer: 1. Operational Control 2. Middle Management 3. Strategic Management Diff: 2 Page Ref: 39 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2c-Recognize that different levels of management require different systems. 5) Define openness in an organizational environment. Answer: Openness in an organizational environment allows for free passage of resources (people, information, materials) through its boundaries. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 21 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 2a-Understand that organizations are systems and analysts need to take a systems perspective.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 3 Project Management 3.1 Multiple Choice 1) Good managers realize that recognizing symptoms of problems is : A) sometimes important depending on the industry. B) usually important when dealing with accounting issues. C) going to help get them promoted. D) never the job for middle managers. E) imperative if the business is to keep functioning at its highest potential. Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 2) In an interview, which of the following is not a way to identify a major point for a problem definition from an interview? A) Users may communicate the same metaphors, such as saying the business is a journey, war, game, organism, machine, and so on. B) Users may be purposely brief when talking about the problem. C) Identifying an issue, topic, or theme that is repeated several times, sometimes by different people in several interviews. D) It may be the first thing mentioned by the user. E) Users may communicate importance by body language or may speak emphatically on an issue. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 50-51 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 3) Which of following is not a specific criteria for project selection? A) appropriate timing of project commitment B) practical in terms of resources for the analyst and organization C) backing from programmers D) worthwhile project compared with other ways the organization could invest resources E) possibility of improving attainment of organizational goals Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 53 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected.

4) Improvements to systems include all the following except: A) combining processes. B) streamlining a process through the elimination of unnecessary or duplicated steps. C) increasing redundant output. D) reducing errors in input through changes of forms and display screens. E) speeding up a process. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 5) Which of the following is not a corporate objective affected by improvements to an information system? A) improving cooperation with vendors and partners B) improving customer service C) improving the software development strategy of the organization D) improving internal decision support so that decisions are more effective Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 53-54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 6) Which of the following is not a way in which systems projects are considered to be feasible? A) operationally B) technically C) economically D) physically Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 7) Which of the following is concerned with the current technical resources that can be upgraded or added to in order to fulfill the requests under consideration? A) economic feasibility B) operational feasibility C) tactical feasibility D) technical feasibility Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected.

8) Which of the following is concerned with the analyst's time and the costs for system development, hardware, and business employee time? A) economic feasibility B) operational feasibility C) tactical feasibility D) technical feasibility Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 9) Which of the following is dependent upon determining human resources for the project? A) economic feasibility B) operational feasibility C) tactical feasibility D) technical feasibility Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 55 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 10) Which of these is especially important in estimating project time? A) experience B) historical records C) industry standards D) mathematical programming Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 70 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 11) Which of these is not an advantage of a Gantt chart? A) communicating with users B) simplicity C) planning activities D) showing precedence Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 72-73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

12) A Gantt chart contains: A) time on the vertical access. B) money on the vertical access. C) a description of the activities on the vertical access. D) precedence on the vertical access. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 72 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 13) Which of these statements about PERT diagrams is not true? A) An arrow represents activities. B) A circle represents events. C) The length of the arrow indicates activity length. D) Pseudo activities must occasionally be shown. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 14) A PERT diagram is useful when: A) activities can be done in parallel rather than sequence. B) there is no slack time available. C) the project team needs to know which activities should be done at which point in time. D) activities do not have any precedent activities. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 15) The longest path through a PERT diagram is called: A) slack time. B) the precedent activity path. C) maximum path time. D) the critical path. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

16) Which of the following is not an advantage of using a PERT diagram over a Gantt chart? A) easy identification of the order of precedence B) easy determination of slack time C) easy to show activities that occur at any given point in time D) easy identification of the critical path Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 17) Which of the following is not a desirable team member characteristic? A) a good work ethic B) a readiness to take on leadership based on expertise C) honesty D) position within the organization E) enthusiasm for the project Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 84 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 18) Tangible benefits are advantages measurable in ________ that accrue(s) to the organization through the use of the information system. A) dollars B) employee moral C) goodwill D) advertising Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 65 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3c-Forecast and analyze tangible and intangible costs and benefits. 19) ________ is used to determine the point at which the total costs of a current system and a proposed new system are the same. A) Payback analysis B) Present value analysis C) Break-even analysis D) Employee moral analysis Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

20) Which of these is not a reason that goal setting motivates team members? A) It clarifies what must be done to get results. B) It makes explicit what is expected of team members. C) It portrays the operational technology in understandable terms. D) Simply setting goals and monitoring them seems to motivate individuals. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 85-86 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 21) Which of the following is not a difference between managing ecommerce projects and the traditional projects? A) The data used in ecommerce is scattered all over the organization. B) The staff used for ecommerce has a unified set of skills. C) Ecommerce managers need to initially build internal and external partnerships. D) Security in ecommerce is a must. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 86 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 22) Which of the following is clarified by the project charter? A) analysis expectations B) how much can the scope change before the project will be over budget C) the project deliverables D) how much will the project cost Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 87 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 23) Which of the following is a reason given by programmers for failed projects? A) impossible or unrealistic completion dates B) not adding more people to the project to expedite it C) seeking outside help instead of trusting the development staff D) not enough programming development tools Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 78 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

24) Systems analysts formulate numbers that represent both current and projected ________ for the system so that any hardware obtained will possess the capability to handle current and future needs. A) inventory B) power requirements C) heating and cooling needs D) workloads Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 55 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 25) ________ on how well the organization is meeting intended goals may come from outside, in the form of complaints or suggestions from customers, vendors, or suppliers, as well as lost or unexpectedly low sales. A) Research B) Feedback C) Usage data D) None of the above. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 26) On a problem definition, ________ are the current situation and objectives are the desired situation. A) facts B) results C) attitudes D) issues Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 27) ________ on a problem definition are the things that must be accomplished. A) Results B) Issues C) Requirements D) Objectives Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 50 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected.

28) After the objectives are stated on a problem definition, the relative ________ of the issues or objectives must be determined. A) sequence B) importance C) needs D) costs Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 51 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 29) ________ feasibility refers to projecting whether the system will operate and be used once it is installed. A) Operational B) Economic C) Technical D) Resource Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 30) ________ includes all the activities required to select a systems analysis team, assign members of the team to appropriate projects, estimate time required to complete each task, and schedule the project so that tasks are completed in a timely fashion. A) Planning B) Designing C) Estimating D) Scheduling Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 71 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 31) A ________ is a chart on which bars represent each task. A) Gantt chart B) design diagram C) PERT diagram D) database design Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 72 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

32) The longest path through a PERT diagram is referred to as the ________ path. A) critical B) hardest C) fastest D) slowest Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 33) An advantage of ________ is that they allow easy identification of the order of precedence and easy determination of slack time. A) PERT diagrams B) Gantt chart C) design diagram D) database design Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 75 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 34) Which of the following is not an advantage of using cloud services? A) maintenance and upgrades are performed by provider B) consistency over multiple platforms C) full control over hardware and software D) All of the above. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs. 35) Which of the following is a key service that ought to be checked when evaluating vendor support? A) Hardware Support B) Software Support C) Maintenance D) All of the above Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 60 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs.

3.2 True/False 1) Changes in employee behavior such as unusually high absenteeism, high job dissatisfaction, or high worker turnover should alert managers to potential problems. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 2) Analysts should have little interest in improving worker satisfaction with the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 3) Objectives are major independent pieces of the problem. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 49 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 4) Requirements of a problem definition include the word "not," indicating a limitation. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 50 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 5) Once issues have been identified, and objectives have been stated, the relative importance of the issues or objectives must be determined. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 51 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 6) When trying to define the problems, try to witness the problem first hand. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 51 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 7) Prospective projects should be examined from a systems perspective in order to consider the impact of the proposed change on the entire organization. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 53 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 10 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

8) A feasibility study is used to gather broad data for the members of management that in turn enables them to make a decision on whether to proceed with a systems study. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 9) Technical feasibility is dependent upon determining human resources for the project. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 55 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 10) Judging the feasibility of a proposed systems project is usually a clear-cut decision. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 11) A commitment from management to conduct a feasibility study means that the proposed system is accepted. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 54 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 12) Using a weighted average formula to determine expected activity times is the best strategy for estimating time. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 72 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 13) PERT diagrams are useful when activities can be done in parallel rather than in sequence. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 14) PERT is an acronym for Program Evaluation and Review Technique. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 11 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) The main advantage of the PERT diagram is its simplicity. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 16) The length of the arrows in a PERT diagram has a direct relationship with the duration of the activity. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 73 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 17) The critical path is defined as the most expensive path. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 18) PERT diagrams occasionally need to use dummy activities to preserve the logic. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 19) An advantage of PERT diagrams is the easy determination of slack time. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 74 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 20) A PERT diagram does not allow for easy identification of the critical path and thus critical activities. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 75 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs.

21) Along with managing time and resources, systems analysts must also manage people. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 84 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 22) By comparing costs alone, the systems analyst can use break-even analysis to determine the break-even capacity of the proposed information system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3c-Forecast and analyze tangible and intangible costs and benefits. 23) Intangible costs are those that can be accurately projected by the systems analyst and the business's accounting personnel. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3c-Forecast and analyze tangible and intangible costs and benefits. 24) Tangible costs include losing a competitive edge, losing the reputation for being first with an innovation or the leader in a field, declining company image due to increased customer dissatisfaction, and ineffective decision making due to untimely or inaccessible information. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3c-Forecast and analyze tangible and intangible costs and benefits. 25) When assembling a team, a project manager should look for people with both experience and enthusiasm. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 84 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 26) A team leader who is concerned with the social relationships between group members is known as a task leader. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 84-85 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 27) A functional norm is one that could make team members waste resources. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 84 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 13 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) Setting goals can motivate team members by clarifying for them and others what must be done in order to get results. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 86 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 29) COTS stands for commercial off-the-shelf and refers to software packages that are purchased. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 61 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs. 30) In ecommerce systems, the data is scattered across the organization. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 86 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3e-Build and manage a project team. 31) Since ecommerce systems must link with the outside world, developing and implementing a security plan before the new system is in place is an absolute must. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 87 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 32) The value of a fishbone diagram is to systematically list all of the problems that can occur. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 78 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 33) Operational feasibility deals with the basic resources to consider, which are your time and that of the systems analysis team, the cost of doing a full systems study (including the time of employees you will be working with), the cost of the business employee time, the estimated cost of hardware, and the estimated cost of software or software development. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 55 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected.

34) The point at which the total costs of the current system and the proposed system intersect represents the break-even point, the point where it becomes profitable for the business to get the new information system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3d-Manage a project by preparing a budget, work breakdown structure, and schedule, as well as controlling the schedule and costs. 35) Economic feasibility deals with whether or not it is possible to develop a new system given the current technical resources. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 55 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 36) An advantage of buying computer hardware is that the organization will have full control regarding the type of hardware and software. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs. 37) A disadvantage of buying computer hardware is the initial cost of purchasing the equipment is often very high. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs. 38) Cloud services are not very scalable. Once you pay for the service, it is hard to upgrade in the future. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 58 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs.

3.3 Short Answer 1) List four criteria for evaluating computer hardware for purchase. Answer: 1. The time required for average transactions (including how long it takes to input data and how long it takes to receive output) 2. The total volume capacity of the system (how much can be processed at the same time before a problem arises) 3. The idle time of the CPU or network 4. The size of the memory provided Diff: 3 Page Ref: 58 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs. 2) What are the five major project management fundamentals? Answer: 1. Project initiation 2. Determining project feasibility 3. Activity planning and control 4. Project scheduling 5. Managing systems analysis team members Diff: 2 Page Ref: 48 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 3) What are the five important criteria for systems project selection? Answer: 1. That the requested project be backed by management 2. That it be timed appropriately for a commitment of resources 3. That it moves the business toward attainment of its goals 4. That it be practical 5. That it be important enough to be considered over other possible projects Diff: 3 Page Ref: 53 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 3a-Understand how projects are initiated and selected. 4) What are the three main categories of cloud computing? Answer: The three main categories are: Software as a Service (SaaS), Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), and Platform as a Service (PaaS) Diff: 2 Page Ref: 59 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 3b-Evaluate hardware and software alternatives by addressing the tradeoffs.

5) Which form of analysis would you use to "sell" a systems project to a manager that is only interested in how many widgets will need to be sold before the project becomes profitable? Why? Answer: Break-even analysis — It can be used to accurately determine how many units will need to be sold in order to make a project profitable. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 67 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 3c-Forecast and analyze tangible and intangible costs and benefits.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 4 Information Gathering: Interactive Methods 4.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of these is most useful in understanding an organization's culture more fully? A) goals B) feelings C) informal procedures D) opinions Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering. 2) Which of the following is not an element of a story? A) The call to adventure B) The call to action C) The transformation D) The epilogue Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 111 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 4c-Understand the purpose of listening to user stories and why they are useful in systems analysis. 3) Which of these steps in interview preparation is most helpful in allowing the interviewer to build a vocabulary common to the interviewee? A) deciding on question types and structure B) deciding whom to interview C) establishing interview objectives D) preparing the interviewee E) reading background material Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

4) Which of the following should be used to prepare the interviewee? A) Email your questions to the interviewee ahead of time so that he/she can formulate responses. B) Tell the interviewee the type and format of the questions. C) Let the interviewee know the names of other people that you have interviewed. D) Ask the interviewee what he/she would like to be questioned about. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 105 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 5) Which of these interview structures begins with the general and ends with the specific? A) circle B) diamond C) funnel D) pyramid Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 6) Which of these is an advantage of open-ended questions? A) allows more spontaneity B) gets to the point more quickly C) makes comparing interviews easier D) saves time Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 105-106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 7) Which of these is an advantage of closed interview questions? A) keeps interviewer in control of the interview B) makes it more interesting for the interviewee C) makes phrasing easier for the interviewer D) provides richness of detail Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 106-107 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

8) Which kind of question is easiest to analyze? A) closed B) open C) probe D) tactical Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 107 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 9) Probing questions: A) should be avoided, since they may make the interviewee feel that he/she is being interrogated. B) are not used when interviewing business professionals since the questioning should be strictly limited to understanding the system and business situation. C) are used to clarify, draw out, and expand on the interviewee's point. D) should be done using an investigative/reporter approach. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 107 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 10) Which structure should be used when you want to warm up the interviewee to a topic? A) funnel B) pyramid C) diamond D) oval Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 11) What question should be asked at the end of an interview? A) "Are there any answers that you would like to change, now that you have had time to think things over?" B) "Others in your organization have provided conflicting information. Do we have your permission to explain your point of view?" C) "Do you mind if we check your answers out with others in future interviews?" D) "Is there anything we haven't touched on that you think is important for me to know?" Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 109 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 3 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

12) The written interview report: A) should be written as soon as possible after the interview. B) should be a transcript of the interview. C) should not be shown to the interviewee since it may contain interview opinions that may not be perceived as favorable. D) should not contain the user's name or position. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 110 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 13) Which of the following is not an advantage of using Joint Application Design (JAD)? A) Users have improved ownership of the system. B) The time to develop the system is reduced. C) JAD works independent of organizational culture. D) JAD helps to generate new ideas. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 14) JAD sessions: A) are used when several interviews, with several users, contain only closed, detailed questions. B) are used when the users do not get along with one another. C) are used to perform interviews with management and primary clients outside the corporation. D) are used to reduce the time and the cost of doing many one-to-one interviews. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 15) A JAD session involves: A) casual planning, since the interaction between users is when the activity occurs in a creative fashion. B) using a session leader that has excellent communication skills. C) having a systems analyst as a session leader. D) note-taking by all the individuals within the session. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it.

16) JAD sessions may be used when: A) user groups are restless and want something new. B) organizational culture is very individualistic and the employees need to learn how to relate to one another. C) the users are pressed for time and cannot get away for the block of time required for many interviews. D) the questions are very closed and the analysts are not concerned about idea generation. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 17) Which of the following is not a disadvantage of JAD sessions? A) JAD requires a commitment of a large block of time from the users. B) If the preparation for a JAD session is inadequate, it may result is a less than satisfactory design. C) Only one or two users have input into a JAD session. D) The organizational culture may not support a JAD session. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 18) Which term is defined as "what organizational members do"? A) attitudes B) behavior C) beliefs D) characteristics Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 19) Which term is defined as "what people in the organization say they want"? A) attitudes B) behavior C) beliefs D) characteristics Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it.

20) Which is not a guideline in determining whether use of questionnaires is appropriate? A) The people you need to question are widely dispersed. B) There are only a few people involved in the systems project. C) You are doing an exploratory study to gauge overall opinion. D) You desire to do problem sensing to identify problems with the current system. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 21) The biggest difference between the questions used for most interviews and those on questionnaires is: A) interview questions may be open ended. B) interview questions may be grouped into categories. C) interviewing allows the analyst to include questions that are both open-ended and closed. D) interviewing permits interaction between the questions and their meanings. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 22) Closed questions should be used when the analyst: A) needs to explore a new situation. B) is able to list all possible responses. C) needs to learn an opinion. D) has only a small group of people to obtain information from. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 119 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 23) Which is not a good guideline to use when choosing questionnaire language? A) Avoid bias in wording. B) Do not use low-level language choices. C) Keep questions general rather than specific. D) Keep questions short. E) Use respondents' language whenever possible. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 120 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

24) The degree in which the question measures what the analyst intends to measure is called: A) external consistency. B) internal consistency. C) factoring. D) validity. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4e-Write effective questions to survey users about their work. 25) The problem that occurs when respondents rate everything as average is called: A) bipolarity. B) central tendency. C) halo effect. D) leniency. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4e-Write effective questions to survey users about their work. 26) The interview is also a valuable time to explore key ________ concerns, including ergonomic aspects and system usability. A) color design B) reliability C) human computer interaction (HCI) D) readability Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering. 27) During an interview, the analyst should get the ________ of the interviewees, their feelings, organizational and personal goals, and informal procedures. A) concerns B) opinions C) objections D) None of the above. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering.

28) An example of an ________ question is "Explain how you make a purchasing decision?" A) open-ended B) closed-ended C) true/false D) multiple choice Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 29) A(n) ________ question has a finite number of responses. A) closed B) open C) logical D) key Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 30) A question for which there are only two possible responses, e.g., yes or no, is known as a ________ question. A) bipolar B) closed C) open D) logical Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 31) An example of a(n) ________ is the question "Why?" A) probe B) bipolar question C) closed question D) interactive question Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 107 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

32) An inductive organization of interview questions can be visualized as having a ________ shape. A) pyramid B) diamond C) funnel D) cube Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 33) With a ________ structure, the interviewer begins with generalized questions and then narrows possible responses. A) funnel B) diamond C) pyramid D) cube Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 34) An interview that begins in a very specific way, then examines general issues, and concludes very specifically is said to have a ________ shape. A) diamond B) cube C) funnel D) pyramid Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 35) ________ can replace a series of one-on-one interviews. A) Joint Application Design B) Group interviews C) Email questionnaires D) Online surveys Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 113 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it.

4.2 True/False 1) In an interview, opinions may be more important and more revealing than facts. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering. 2) There are four elements that make up a story. They are: (1) the quest, (2) the struggle, (3) the resolution and (4) the epilogue. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 111 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 4c-Understand the purpose of listening to user stories and why they are useful in systems analysis. 3) The interview is a valuable time to explore key human-computer interaction concerns. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering. 4) When deciding whom to interview, it is unnecessary to include all organizational levels which will be affected by the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 105 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4a-Recognize the value of using interactive methods for information gathering. 5) A bipolar question is a special kind of open-ended question. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 6) One drawback of closed questions is the possibility that they may bore the interviewee. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 107 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

7) One benefit of a closed interview question is the richness of detail provided. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 106 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 8) When the interviewer begins with a very detailed set of questions and then expands the scope, the interview is said to have a funnel shape. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 9) A pyramid structure should be used if the analyst believes the interviewee needs to warm up to the topic. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 10) A funnel-shaped question sequence is useful when the interviewee feels emotionally about the topic and needs freedom to express those emotions. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 108 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 11) The diamond structure has the advantage of taking less interviewer time. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 109 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 12) The longer you wait to write up your interview, the more suspect the quality of the data becomes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 110 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

13) No more than one JAD session should be conducted with an interviewee. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 113 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 14) A JAD session should be held at a comfortable location away from the corporate headquarters. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 15) A drawback of holding JAD sessions is that the system usually takes longer to implement while each person schedules their individual meeting. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 16) It is unimportant to read background information about the organization prior to an interview since it adds to the expense of the project and the information may be obtained from early openended questions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 17) One advantage of JAD sessions is that it isolates the user from the analysis and design process. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 18) Behavior is defined as "what people in the organization say they want." Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

19) Responses gained through questionnaires using open-ended questions are relatively easy to quantify. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 20) Questionnaires are a quick way to gather massive amounts of data. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 117 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 21) A questionnaire is an excellent means of doing an in-depth analysis of a manager's decisionmaking processes. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 117 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 22) Using questionnaires is useful for doing exploratory studies to gauge overall opinion. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 23) Questionnaires are useful in providing the analyst with interactive feedback. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 24) Validity is the degree to which the question measures what the analyst intends to measure. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 25) Reliability measures the degree to which the respondents may be trusted to complete the questionnaire. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

26) The halo effect is when an impression formed in one question carries into the next question. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 27) A scribe is responsible for taking notes at a JAD session. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 28) The scribe is responsible for keeping the JAD session on track and for negotiating and resolving conflicts. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 29) Observers offer technical explanations and advice during a JAD session. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 30) Behaviors are what people in the organization say they want. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 31) Beliefs are what people think is actually true. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 32) Behavior is what organizational members do. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

33) Characteristics are properties of people or things. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 116 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 34) Closed questions leave all possible response options to the respondent. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 118 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 35) Word choice is the process of assigning numbers to an attribute for the purpose of measuring that attribute. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 120 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4e-Write effective questions to survey users about their work. 36) Validity is the degree to which the question measures what the analyst intends to measure. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 37) One quality questionnaires must possess is reliability, a measure of consistency. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 38) Central tendency is a problem caused by respondents who rate everything as average. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 122 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires. 39) Administering a questionnaire on paper is one way to reach current users with minimal duplication costs. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 125 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

4.3 Short Answer 1) What are the five steps in the interview preparation process? Answer: 1. Read background material. 2. Establish interviewing objectives. 3. Decide whom to interview. 4. Prepare the interviewee. 5. Decide on question types and structure. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 104 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 2) Name four of the seven elements that make up a story. Answer: 1. The call to adventure 2. The quest 3. The struggle 4. The transformation 5. The resolution 6. The moral 7. The epilogue Diff: 2 Page Ref: 111 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 4c-Understand the purpose of listening to user stories and why they are useful in systems analysis. 3) Compose an open-ended question for Dr. DiVito, a university professor who is eligible for retirement in three weeks. Answer: Example: Dr. DiVito, what factors do you take into account when deciding whether or not to retire? Diff: 2 Page Ref: 105 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements. 4) When should an interviewer compose a written interview report and why? Answer: To capture as much data about the interview as possible, the interviewer should compose his or her written report as soon as the interview is complete. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 110 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 4b-Construct meaningful interview questions to elicit human information requirements.

5) Describe a situation in which JAD would be ideal. Answer: Students should describe one of the following situations: (1) User groups are restless and want something new, not a standard solution to a typical problem, (2) The organizational culture supports joint problem-solving behaviors among multiple levels of employees, (3) Analysts forecast that the number of ideas generated via one-on-one interviews will not be as plentiful as the number of ideas possible from an extended group exercise, or (4) Organizational workflow permits the absence of key personnel during a two-to-four-day block of time. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 114 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 4d-Understand the concept of JAD and when to use it. 6) List three of the five methods of administering a questionnaire. Answer: The five methods are: (1) Convening all concerned respondents together at one time, (2) Personally handing out blank questionnaires and taking back completed ones, (3) Allowing respondents to self-administer the questionnaire at work and drop it in a centrally located box, (4) Mailing questionnaires to employees at branch sites and supplying a deadline, instructions, and return postage, (5) Administering the questionnaire electronically either via email or on the Web. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 124 AACSB: Interpersonal relations and teamwork Learning Objective: 4f-Design and administer effective questionnaires.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 5 Information Gathering: Unobtrusive Methods 5.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of the following is a reason why a systems analyst would want perform sampling? A) thorough collection of data B) increasing user involvement C) accuracy is not a project requirement D) reducing bias Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5a-Recognize the value of unobtrusive methods of information gathering. 2) Which is not a key question on which the systems analyst must make a decision? A) Which should the systems analyst pay attention to, among many reports, forms, output documents, and memos? B) Which should the systems analyst ignore? C) Which people should the systems analyst interview? D) Which people should the systems analyst seek information from via questionnaires? E) Which people should the systems analyst observe in the process of carrying out their mission? Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 3) Which is not one of four steps that a systems analyst must follow to design a good sample? A) Determine the data to be collected or described. B) Determine the population to be sampled. C) Choose the type of population. D) Describe the sample size. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis.

4) Which is not a main type of sample? A) objectiveness B) convenience C) purposive D) simple E) complex Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 5) Which is not a quality of a convenience sample? A) unrestricted samples B) nonprobability samples C) the most difficult samples to arrange D) the most unreliable samples Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 6) Which is not an approach for complex random samples? A) random sampling B) systematic sampling C) stratified sampling D) cluster sampling Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 7) Which sampling technique is usually the most important to the systems analyst? A) random sampling B) systematic sampling C) stratified sampling D) cluster sampling Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis.

8) Which determines the sample size? A) cluster itself B) what we know about the sample itself C) population D) systems analyst Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 9) Which is the formula of the necessary sample size (n), where p is the proportion of the population having the attribute and p is the standard error of the proportion? A) n = p(1 - p) +1 B) n = p(1 - p) / C) n = p(1 - p) /

2+1 2

D) n = p(1 + p) / 2 + 1 Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 10) The overriding variable that determines how many people the systems analyst should interview in depth is: A) the number of analysts interviewing. B) the number of users in an organization. C) the number of departments and the number of users in an organization. D) the time an interview takes. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 136 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements.

11) A good rule of thumb is to interview: A) at least three people on every level of the organization and at least one from each functional area directly involved in the system. B) at least one person on every level of the organization and at least three from each functional area directly involved in the system. C) at least one person on every level of the organization and at least one from each functional area directly involved in the system. D) at least one person on every level of the organization and at least two from each functional area directly involved in the system. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 12) Which is not a quantitative document available for interpretation in any business? A) records B) reports used for decision making C) performance reports D) data capture records Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 13) What provides periodic updates of what is occurring in the business? A) performance reports B) records C) reports used for decision making D) data capture forms Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 14) Which is not a way that the analyst can inspect a record? A) checking for consistency in report font types and logo placement B) looking for opportunities for improving the recording form design C) observing the number and type of transactions D) watching for instances where the computer can simplify the work Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 139 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 4 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) Which is not a way to proceed when creating a catalog of forms to help you understand the information flow currently in use in business? A) Collect examples of all the forms in use. B) Note the type of form. C) Document the intended distribution pattern. D) Compare the intended distribution pattern with who actually analyzes the form. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 140 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 16) Which is not a guideline that can help analysts to take a systematic approach to analysis? A) Examine documents for key or guiding metaphors. B) Look for insiders versus outsiders or "we against them" mentality in documents. C) List terms that characterize good or evil which almost never appear in documents. D) Recognize a sense of humor, if present. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 141 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 17) Which is the most common information flow in an organization? A) upward and horizontally B) downward and horizontally C) upward and vertically D) downward and vertically Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 18) Which of these recording techniques has a decision maker who is observed in the left column and all of their actions in the right-hand column? A) adjective pairs B) categories C) scales D) analyst's playscript Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 145 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5e-Create an analyst's playscript to observe decision makers' activities.

19) Which of these is not an observable element of interest with the STROBE technique? A) decision maker's body language B) decision maker's office placement C) decision maker's clothing D) office lighting and color Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 20) If a decision maker has trade journals and newspaper clippings about other companies, they tend to work with: A) external information. B) internal information. C) detailed corporate information. D) summarized corporate information. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 21) An office lighted with warm, incandescent lighting indicates a tendency toward: A) formal communication. B) gathering information from memos. C) casual communication. D) a person that is interested in external information. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 22) ________ is the process of systematically selecting representative elements of a population. A) Questioning B) Calling C) Sampling D) Learning Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis.

23) The duties and responsibilities of the systems analyst are to identify the ________, the attributes, and even the associated attributes that need to be gathered in the sample. A) sample size B) constants C) variables D) leaders Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 24) The simplest method of probability sampling is called ________ sampling. A) convenience B) systematic C) simple random D) purposive Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 25) When the systems analyst selects a group of documents or people to study, it is an example of ________ sampling. A) cluster B) simple random C) purposive D) systematic Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 26) The absolute number is more important in sampling than the percentage of the: A) sample size. B) standard deviation. C) population. D) average. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements.

27) A good rule of thumb is to interview at least ________ people on every level of the organization. A) three B) two C) four D) five Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 28) Most ________ reports take on the general form of actual versus intended performance. A) performance B) sales C) production D) data capture Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 29) ________ provide periodic updates of what is occurring in the business. A) Performance reports B) Records C) Data capture reports D) Blank forms Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 30) Qualitative documents include memos, ________ on bulletin boards and in work areas, procedure manuals, and policy handbooks. A) signs B) pictures C) flags D) banners Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 141 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics.

31) Assessing use of ________ provides a quick and accurate barometer of many HCI, interpersonal, and organizational variables. A) humor B) anger C) rage D) indifference Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 141-142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 32) Qualitative documents include: A) email messages. B) memos. C) signs on bulletin boards. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 141 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 33) Typically, most information flows: A) downward and horizontally. B) upward and vertically. C) Both A and B. D) Neither A nor B. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 34) Observing ________, their physical environment, and their interaction with their physical, ergonomic environment is an important unobtrusive method for a systems analyst. A) software developers B) administrative assistants C) decision makers D) receptionists Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 144 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment.

35) Which of the following is not an element observed in STROBE? A) office location B) desk placement C) office lighting D) desk chair fabric Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 5.2 True/False 1) Sampling helps accelerate the process by gathering selected data rather than all data for the entire population. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 2) Data-gathering bias can be reduced by sampling. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 3) When the systems analyst asks an opinion of a permanent feature of the installed information system, the executive interviewed may provide an unbiased evaluation since there is little possibility of changing it. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 4) Stratification is the process of identifying subpopulations (or strata) and then selecting objects or people for sampling within these subpopulations. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis.

5) It is necessary to set a sample size greater than one but less than the size of the population itself. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 6) The absolute number is less important in sampling than the percentage of the population. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 7) A good rule of thumb is to interview at least five people on every level of the organization. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 8) It is necessary to interview more people just because it is a larger organization. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 9) If the stratified sample is done properly, a small number of people will adequately represent the entire organization. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 10) Examining documents for key or guiding metaphors is done because behavior shapes language. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 141 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements.

11) Analysis of memo content will provide you with a clear idea of the values, attitudes, and beliefs of organization members. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 12) Signs serve as subtle reinforcers of values of those who read them. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 13) Corporate Web sites are not useful as an indication of organizational culture. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 14) One way of analyzing qualitative documents is to notice the graphics, animation, and hyperlinks displayed on Web pages. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 15) There are only two dimensions used to analyze a Web site: technical and aesthetic. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 142 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 16) When using the analyst's playscript, activities are recorded using nouns that describe the outcome. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 145 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5e-Create an analyst's playscript to observe decision makers' activities.

17) Playscript is an organized and systematic approach that demands that the analyst understand and articulate the action taken by the decision maker. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 145 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5e-Create an analyst's playscript to observe decision makers' activities. 18) Trade journals and newspaper clippings observed in an office indicate that the manager has an interest in external information. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 19) Executives in warmly lit offices tend to gather information more informally than other executives do. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 20) Text analytics is software that can analyze unstructured qualitative data from any source including transcripts of interviews, written reports, or customers' communication collected through email, wikis, blogs, chat rooms, and other social networking sites. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 143 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 21) Examining policies allows the systems analyst to gain an awareness of the values, attitudes, and beliefs that are guiding the corporation. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 143 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 22) Observation is an information gathering technique that allows the analyst to see firsthand how managers process and use information. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 144 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 13 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

23) A policy handbook is an organized and systematic approach that demands that analysts understand and articulate the action taken by decision makers being observed. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 145 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 24) A form of structured observation having roots in film criticism is known as ROBE. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 25) Accessible offices tend to indicate that decision makers share information easily with others. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 147 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 26) Placement of a desk in the office can provide clues to the exercise of ________ by the decision maker Answer: power Diff: 1 Page Ref: 147 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 27) When using the STROBE technique, small equipment used to process information, e.g., smartphone, tablet, computers, etc., is referred to as props. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 28) If an office contains trade journals and newspaper clippings about other companies, the decision maker is likely to be interested in internal information. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment.

29) An office lighted with warm, incandescent lighting indicates a tendency toward more casual communication. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 30) The shorthand symbol used in conjunction with STROBE to indicate that an element modifies the narrative is a square. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 147 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 31) The systems analyst can gain an understanding of the credibility exhibited by managers in the organization by observing their clothing. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 147 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 32) STROBE is short for STRuctured OBservation of the Environment. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 33) A systems analyst needs a realistic plan about what will be done with the data once they are collected. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 34) A systems analyst can use one of four main types of samples: convenience, purposive, simple random, and complex random. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 15 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) In the simplest method of probability sampling, stratified sampling, the systems analyst would, for example, choose to interview every nth person on a list of company employees. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 36) Stratification is the process of identifying subpopulations, or strata, and then selecting objects or people for sampling in these subpopulations. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 37) Sometimes a systems analyst must select a group of people or documents to study. This process is referred to as cluster sampling. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 134 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 38) There is one single formula to help a systems analyst set the sample size for interviewing. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 39) As a systems analyst works to understand users, their organization, and its information requirements, it becomes important to examine different types of hard data that offer information unavailable through any other method of data gathering. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 40) One important function of performance reports is to assess the size of the gap between actual and intended performance. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 137 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5d-Interpret managers' and customers' messages, interviews, and communications using text analytics. 16 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

5.3 Short Answer 1) List three of the four reasons why the systems analyst would want to sample data or select representative people to interview. Answer: 1. Containing costs 2. Speeding up the data gathering 3. Improving effectiveness 4. Reducing bias Diff: 2 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis. 2) List five of the seven concrete elements of the decision maker's physical environment that can be observed by the systems analyst using STROBE. Answer: 1. Office location 2. Desk placement 3. Stationary equipment 4. Props 5. External information sources 6. Office lighting and color 7. Clothing worn by decision makers Diff: 2 Page Ref: 146 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5f-Apply the STROBE technique to observe and interpret a decision maker's environment. 3) Company A has 500 employees. Company B has 800 employees. Would the analyst working with company B need to interview more employees than the analyst working with Company A? Why or why not? Answer: An analyst does not have to interview more people just because they are working with the larger organization. If the stratified sample is done properly, a small number of people will adequately represent the entire organization. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements.

4) What effect on sample size does using a greater confidence level have when sampling attribute data? Answer: As the confidence level increases, so does the sample size. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 135 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5c-Construct useful samples of people, documents, and events for determining human information requirements. 5) What are the four steps to follow to design a good sample? Answer: 1. Determine the data to be collected or described. 2. Determine the population to be sampled. 3. Choose the type of sample. 4. Decide on the sample size. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 133 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 5b-Understand the concept of sampling for human information requirements analysis.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 6 Agile Modeling, Prototyping, and Scrum 6.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which prototype includes only some, but not all, of the components of the final system? A) first-of-a-series prototype B) selected features prototype C) nonworking scale model D) patched-up prototype Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 2) Which kind of prototyping is most similar to what engineers call "bread boarding"? A) first full-scale model B) model bearing some essential features C) nonworking scale model D) patched-up prototype Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 3) A patched-up prototype is likely to be: A) controversial. B) inefficient. C) nonworking. D) standardized. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping.

4) Which of these is not a guideline for developing a prototype? A) Build the system slowly and carefully. B) Modify the prototype. C) Stress the user interface. D) Work in manageable modules. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 182 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 5) Which two words below sum up the users' role in prototyping? A) honest prototyping B) honest management C) honest involvement D) honest development Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 6) The agile approach is based on: A) values. B) principles. C) practices. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 7) Systems that require constant updating and technical design are prone to which kind of error? A) miscommunication B) design C) coding D) documentation Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

8) Which of the following is not one of the four values of agile modeling? A) communication B) technical skill C) simplicity D) courage Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 9) Which of the following is not a basic activity of agile development? A) coding B) listening C) documenting D) designing Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 161 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 10) Which of the following can be used to communicate ideas that would otherwise remain fuzzy or unshaped? A) testing B) documenting C) scope D) coding Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 161 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 11) When doing pair programming, which person(s) chooses a partner programmer? A) the programmers B) management C) the project leaders D) the project team Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 177 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

12) In agile development ________ are on spoken interaction between developers and users, not on written communication. A) user design B) end-user documentation C) user feedback D) user stories Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 165 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 13) Which of the following is a core practice of the agile approach? A) A 40-hour work week. B) Outsource all complex modules. C) Stick to the plan, even if it is behind schedule. D) Programmers should be assigned individual programs based upon their ability. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 163 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 14) Which of the following statements is not a principle of agile modeling? A) "Travel light." B) "Model with a purpose." C) "Code for tomorrow." D) "Software is your primary goal." Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 161 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 15) Which of the following is not a component of the Scrum methodology? A) product backlog B) daily scrum meetings C) spring cleaning reviews D) burndown charts Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 171 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects.

16) Based on their study of a group of programmers, the best programmers are ________ times more productive than the worst ones. A) one to two B) three to five C) four to eight D) five to ten Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 176 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 17) Making all product release deadlines imminent: A) creates too much programmer stress and should be avoided if at all possible. B) pushes a realistic expectation for completion to the fore. C) usually results in minimally functional software. D) actually slows down project development because of numerous avoidable errors. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 179 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6f-Understand how to improve efficiency for users of either structured methods or agile modeling. 18) It has been noted that dividing up groups and setting up barriers often introduces: A) scrum. B) dysfunctional pair-programming teams. C) errors. D) redundant code for modules. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 179 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6f-Understand how to improve efficiency for users of either structured methods or agile modeling. 19) Building a ________ of information systems is a useful technique for quickly gathering information requirements. A) prototype B) system design C) lifecycle D) maintenance agreement Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping.

20) A system that has all necessary features but is inefficient is an example of a ________ prototype. A) patched-up B) nonoperational C) first-of-series D) selected features Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 21) A regional blood inventory system that is instituted in one regional hospital with plans to install the system in the remaining hospitals is an example of a ________ prototype. A) first-of-a-series B) patched-up C) nonoperational D) selected features Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 22) A system for which only input and output are prototyped is called a: A) first-of-a-series. B) patched-up. C) nonoperational. D) selected features. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 23) An example of ________ prototyping is building the first airplane of a series and then seeing if it flies before building a second. A) first-of-a-series B) patched-up C) nonoperational D) selected features Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 6 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) An example of ________ prototyping is building a full-scale model of an automobile that is used in wind tunnel tests. A) first-of-a-series B) patched-up C) nonoperational D) selected features Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 25) An example of ________ prototyping is programming a working model that has all the necessary features but is inefficient. A) first-of-a-series B) patched-up C) nonoperational D) selected features Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 26) When prototyping, it is essential that analysts work in ________ modules. A) manageable B) small C) large D) global Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 182 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 27) Users' roles in prototyping can be summed up in two words: honest: A) engagement. B) interaction. C) involvement. D) exchange. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

28) It is the responsibility of the ________ to translate suggestions and innovations into workable systems. A) user B) analyst C) facilitator D) manager Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 29) In the agile approach, ________ is determined by listening to customers and getting them to write down their stories. A) scope B) perspective C) whiteboarding D) feedback Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 163 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 30) Essential to agile programming are stated ________ and principles that create the context for collaboration among programmers and customers. A) scopes B) values C) prototypes D) feedback Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping.

6.2 True/False 1) Prototyping is best applied late in the systems development life cycle. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 2) Prototyping is very useful for eliciting user suggestions about changing the prototyped system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 3) User reactions to prototyping can be gathered through observation, interviews, and questionnaires. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 4) A prototype that works but is inefficient is referred to as a "first-of-a-series prototype." Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 5) Some prototypes are nonworking models. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 6) Prototypes that are full-scaled and installed at one location with the intention of later implementation at other locations are referred to as "selected features prototypes." Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping.

7) Prototyping may be used as a replacement for the systems development life cycle. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 182 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 8) Projects that are subject to constant updating are prone to miscommunication. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 9) Agile projects should begin with the simplest possible tasks. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 159 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 10) Feedback gives the analyst the strength to be able to throw out code and rethink solutions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 159 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects. 11) In agile development, on-site customers write stories and communicate to team members. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 164 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects. 12) Pair programming means that you work with another programmer assigned by management or the team leader. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 164 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

13) User stories in agile development are on spoken interaction between developers and users, not on written communication. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 165 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6e-Learn the importance of values critical to agile modeling. 14) Analysts can best reflect all of the four values of agile modeling through an attitude of humility. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 159 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 15) The word agile in agile modeling implies maneuverability. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 165 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 16) Pair programming means that ownership of the design or software itself is shared as in a partnership. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 164 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 17) A risk to the adoption of agile methodologies for organizations is the cost involved in education and training of systems analysts and programmers in the new approach. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 181 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 18) Agile methods are a collection of innovative, user-centered approaches to systems development. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

19) The agile approach is based on values, principles and practices. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 20) Feedback occurs when customers create functional tests for all of the stories that the programmers have subsequently implemented. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 159 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 21) Values can be used to communicate ideas that would otherwise remain fuzzy or unshaped. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 161 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 22) One of the lessons learned from agile development is that short releases allow systems to communicate. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 175 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6e-Learn the importance of values critical to agile modeling. 23) Analysts can best reflect all of the four values of agile modeling through an attitude of assertiveness. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 159 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 24) A 60-hour work week improves effectiveness. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 163 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

25) Scrum is an agile approach based on rugby. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 167 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects. 26) The agile philosophy suggests that system developers create a series of deadlines for many releases of the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 179 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects. 27) Timeboxing is used in agile methodologies to encourage completion of activities in shorter periods. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 179 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6e-Learn the importance of values critical to agile modeling. 28) The adoption of agile methodologies carries with it the risk that systems created with them will not be successful or will not adequately interface with legacy systems. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 181 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6e-Learn the importance of values critical to agile modeling. 29) A great example of a first-of-a-series prototype would be constructing a full-scale model of a new type of car to be used for testing in a wind tunnel. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 30) DevOps is one way to decrease the deployment time for newly developed applications and maximize profit by rapidly addressing market opportunities and getting customer feedback in a timely manner. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 174 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6d-Learn about DevOps as a cultural shift in the way to organize rapid systems development and operations.

6.3 Short Answer 1) What are the four values of agile modeling? Answer: The four values are communication, simplicity, feedback, and courage. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 158 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies. 2) What are the four kinds of prototyping? Answer: 1. Patched-up prototype 2. Non operational prototype 3. Selected features prototype 4. First-of-a-series prototype Diff: 2 Page Ref: 156 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 3) Which type of prototyping would you recommend for an organization with multiple locations around the world, each with similar needs? Why would you choose this method? Answer: First-of-a-series prototyping would be useful when many installations of the same system are planned. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 157 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 6a-Understand the roots of agile modeling in prototyping and the four main types of prototyping. 4) List and describe three of the nine advantages of using SCRUM. Answer: Students should be able to list and describe three of the following nine advantages: 1. Quick product development 2. Exercising a user-oriented approach 3. Encouraging teamwork 4. Being less confusing than more formal approaches 5. Flexibility 6. Being satisfying to team members 7. Rewarding smaller but meaningful accomplishments 8. Providing feedback 9. Adaptability Diff: 3 Page Ref: 173 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6c-Understand Scrum as an agile method to improve development of complex projects.

5) What are the four basic activities of agile development? Answer: The four basic activities of agile development are coding, testing, listening, and designing. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 161 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 6b-Understand agile modeling and the practices that differentiate it from other methodologies.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 7 Using Data Flow Diagrams 7.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which graphically characterize(s) data processes and flows through a business system? A) data dictionary B) data flow diagrams C) structured analysis D) design Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 2) Which is not one of the four basic symbols used to chart data movement on data flow diagrams? A) an oval B) arrow C) rectangle with rounded corners D) open-ended rectangle Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 3) What does the text within the process symbol indicate? A) process sequence B) identifying number C) process description D) process implementation Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels.

4) A primitive process is: A) a process that is not exploded to a child diagram. B) the central process on a context level diagram. C) a process that requires two or more data flow into it. D) a process that has only base elements flowing in or out of it. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 192 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 5) Which of the following is not an error when drawing a data flow diagram? A) all data flowing into a process or out of a process B) data flow on a child diagram that has only one end connected to a process, the other end is a point in space C) connecting data stores and external entities directly to each other D) placing more than nine processes on a data flow diagram Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 192-193 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 6) When the data flow in and out of a parent process do not match the data flow in or out of a child diagram, it is called: A) a primitive process. B) a disordered pair. C) a logical data flow diagram. D) unbalanced decomposition. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 7) A logical data flow diagram: A) includes types of programs, such as online or batch. B) is a model of how the system will be implemented. C) does not include any primitive processes. D) is a model of how the business operates. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels.

8) Which of the following is not an advantage of using a logical model? A) A system based on a logical model is more stable. B) The logical model helps the analyst understand the business being studied. C) It facilitates communication with the users. D) A logical model clarifies which processes are automated. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 197 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 9) Which of the following is not an advantage of using a physical model? A) Transaction data stores are identified. B) It is easier to create compared with the logical model. C) The sequence of processes is identified. D) Controls are included. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 198 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed. 10) Physical data flow diagrams: A) include processes for adding, updating, changing and deleting records. B) are used to model business events, along with their input and output. C) enable the analyst to better understand the business. D) include no interface data flow in or out of processes. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 198 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed. 11) Transaction files: A) are used when interface data flow exist on data flow diagrams. B) may be used to link processes that execute at different times. C) are included to store all derived elements. D) are required to implement all on-line processes. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system.

12) Which of the following is not a reason for partitioning processes into separate programs? A) the processes represent different user groups B) the processes execute at different times C) to control system security D) to maintain consistency of data Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 201-202 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 13) A CRUD matrix is used to show: A) places in the system where the data is inaccurate. B) where records are updated, added, deleted or used. C) which Web pages are placed on a secure server. D) the partitioning of data flow diagrams in a client/server environment. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 198 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 14) The process of creating a simple data flow diagram fragment for each unique system trigger is called: A) event modeling. B) trigger analysis. C) response cases. D) CRUD model analysis. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 15) The advantage of building data flow diagrams based on events is that: A) events are small scale and easy to analyze for input and output. B) users are familiar with the events within their business and know how the events drive other activities. C) events fall into one of four categories: read, update, create, delete. D) events are predictable and lend a high degree of stability to the data flow diagram. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels.

16) A use case: A) summarizes an activity, its trigger, input, and output. B) describes a subsystem of a data flow diagram showing how the processes use data produced by other processes. C) describes how the data is partitioned into programs for different users. D) shows when the data is updated, read, created or deleted. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 200 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 17) Partitioning on a data flow diagram for an ecommerce Web site may be used to show: A) external events. B) triggers. C) security. D) derived elements. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 201 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 18) Which of the following is a goal of dividing a Web site into a series of Web pages? A) improve the ease of maintaining the Web site B) improve the collection of Web metrics C) improve tracking of page movement by the customer D) improve the revenue obtained by page marketing Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 19) What should be created each time data must be obtained from an external partner? A) a transaction data store B) a new browser window and DFD process to validate the window's data C) a unique Web form and DFD process to validate and process the data D) a Web form that extends the previous Web form Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system.

20) Ajax is used to: A) partition Web sites into different Web forms. B) obtain data from a Web server and update the current Web form. C) confirm credit card accounts using a secure transaction. D) transmit data to an external partner using XML documents. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 21) Having separate Web forms to collect transaction data means that: A) the forms are each quite complex with complex validation. B) the forms are less complex and easier to fill out. C) the processing will take place slowly. D) the Web site will not be as attractive. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 209 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 22) Each time an external company or system is involved: A) the processes that handle each of the interactions should be partitioned into one program for security reasons. B) a new temporary data store must be used with a process to create the data store. C) the process that handles the interaction must be on a secure server. D) the process involved needs to be partitioned into a separate program. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 23) Which of these are reasons for partitioning a system? A) to keep transactions secure B) to make it easier to move to a new system C) to allow the system to be upgraded later D) to ensure that if the business is sold, the data can be given to the new owners Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 202 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system.

24) A method that provides conceptual freedom for representing processes and flows in a business system is the: A) database. B) entity-relationship diagram. C) data flow diagram. D) flow chart. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 187 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 25) ________ depict the broadest possible overview of system inputs, processes, and outputs. A) Data flow diagrams B) Databases C) Entity-relationship diagrams D) Flow charts Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 26) By using combinations of only four symbols, the systems analyst is able to create a pictorial depiction of data flows that eventually can provide solid system: A) documentation. B) modeling. C) programming. D) answers. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 27) The data flow approach enables the systems analyst to better understand the interrelatedness of ________ and ________. A) systems; subsystems B) systems; programming C) subsystems; programming D) subsystems; diagrams Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 187 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 7 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) An external entity is called a source or ________ of data, and is considered to be external to the study. A) destination B) result C) answer D) confusion Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 29) Data flows occurring simultaneously can be depicted doing just that through the use of ________ arrows. A) perpendicular B) segmented C) connecting D) parallel Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 30) The data store symbol is simply showing a depository for data which allows addition or ________ of data. A) retrieval B) removal C) updating D) deletion Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 31) With a ________ approach, the diagrams move from general to specific. A) top-down B) bottom-up C) management-centered D) employee-centered Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 8 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) While the first ________ diagram helps the systems analyst grasp basic data movement, its general nature limits its usefulness. A) context B) concept C) user interface D) design Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 33) When the first ________ diagram is made, inputs and outputs are specified and these remain constant throughout all of the following diagrams. A) concept B) user interface C) design D) context Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 7.2 True/False 1) The data flow diagram graphically characterizes data processes and flows in a business system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 187 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 2) The biggest advantage of the data flow approach lies in the conceptual freedom found in the use of the four symbols. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement.

3) The data flow diagram may be used to analyze the proposed system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 187 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 4) An arrow is used to depict an external entity that can give and receive data from the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 5) Each external entity is labeled with a noun. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 6) A rectangle with rounded corners is used to show the occurrence of a transforming process. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 7) Processes in a rectangle with rounded corners sometimes denote something other than a change in or transformation of data or a system/subsystem. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 8) Processes that transform data should be named with a noun which indicates the data that has been transformed. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels.

9) In logical data flow diagrams, the type of physical storage is unspecified. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 10) The systems analyst needs to conceptualize data flows from a top-down perspective. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 11) The highest level data flow diagram is called Diagram 0. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 12) With a top-down approach, the diagrams move from specific to general. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 13) More detail is achievable through using a process called "exploding the diagrams." Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 190 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 14) Data flow diagrams must be drawn working from left to right on the page. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 15) Data stores must always have data flow into them in a proper diagram. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 191 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 11 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

16) Linear data flow from process to process is normal in higher level data flow diagrams. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 193 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 17) Unbalanced decomposition means that the data flow to or from a parent process does not match the data flow in or out of a child diagram. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 18) A logical data flow diagram shows how the business operates. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 19) A physical data flow diagram shows how the system will be constructed. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed. 20) Transaction files are used to link all logical data flow diagram processes. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 21) A CRUD matrix is a tool used to represent where master files are read, updated, created, and deleted within the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 198 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed. 22) A use case summarizes an event and defines one activity. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 200 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed.

23) Ajax may be used to obtain data for a Web form without changing Web pages. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 24) Having separate Web forms means that the forms will become more complex. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 25) A clear name on a data flow diagram makes it easier to understand what the process is accomplishing. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 189 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 26) A basic process is one that does not explode to a child diagram. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 190 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 27) When a process has all input or all output data flow, it means that an arrowhead is pointing in the wrong direction or there is a missing data flow. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 192-193 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 28) Balanced decomposition is when the data flow in or out of a child diagram does not match the data flow in or out of a parent process. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels.

29) A logical data flow diagram focuses on how the business operates. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 30) A physical data flow diagram shows how the system will be implemented. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 31) A transaction file links two processes that execute at different times. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 201 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 32) Base elements are elements that need to be keyed into the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 33) Base elements are elements that are created by a process using a formula or some logic. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 199 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system. 34) Partitioning data flow diagrams is the process of deciding which processes are manual procedures and which processes should be grouped into which computer programs. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 200 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 35) A CRUD matrix shows where records are added, changed, used, and deleted from a file. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 198 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7c-Develop and explode logical DFDs that illustrate the proposed system.

36) Each time an external company or system is involved in the activities of a Web site, the process that handles them must be left alone without any partitioning. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 209 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 37) Ajax is a technique used to obtain data from a server and update large amounts of data using UML. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs. 7.3 Short Answer 1) List three of the five advantages of a logical data flow diagram. Answer: 1. Better communication with users 2. More stable systems 3. Better understanding of the business by analysts 4. Flexibility and maintenance 5. Elimination of redundancies and easier creation of the physical model Diff: 2 Page Ref: 197 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 2) What are the four advantages of using a data flow approach over narrative explanations of data movement? Answer: 1. Freedom from committing to the technical implementation of the system too early 2. Further understanding of the interrelatedness of systems and subsystems 3. Communicating current system knowledge to users through data flow diagrams 4. Analysis of a proposed system to determine if the necessary data and processes have been defined Diff: 2 Page Ref: 187 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7b-Create, use, and explode logical DFDs to capture and analyze the current system through parent and child levels. 3) What is the difference between a logical and physical data flow diagram? Answer: A logical data flow diagram focuses on the business and how the business operates; while a physical data flow diagram shows how the system will be implemented. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 194 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7d-Produce physical DFDs based on logical DFDs you have developed. 15 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) What are the four basic symbols used in data flow diagrams. Answer: A double square is used to depict an external entity. An arrow shows movement of data. A rectangle with rounded corners is used to show the occurrence of a transforming process. An open ended rectangle is used to represent a data store. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 188 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7a-Comprehend the importance of using logical and physical data flow diagrams (DFDs) to graphically depict data movement. 5) Why is partitioning useful when designing a Web site? Answer: Partitioning is useful when designing a Web site because it allows the designer to separate the site into a series of pages that will increase the site's usability, the speed of human processing, and the ease of maintaining the site. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 208 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 7e-Understand and apply the concept of partitioning of physical DFDs.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 8 Analyzing Systems Using Data Dictionaries 8.1 Multiple Choice 1) What is a reference work of data about data compiled by systems analysts? A) data dictionary B) data flow diagrams C) structured analysis D) design Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 217 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 2) What become(s) important for large systems that produce several thousand data elements requiring cataloging and cross-referencing? A) data dictionary B) structured analysis C) data flow diagrams D) automated data dictionaries E) design Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 217 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 3) Which of the following is not contained in the repository? A) procedural logic B) use cases C) generated computer code D) screen and report design Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information.

4) A data flow that contains data that are used between processes is called: A) internal. B) derived. C) base. D) iterative. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 5) Data structures are described using ________ notation. A) relational B) metadatic C) geometric D) algebraic Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 6) What does this symbol represent [ ]? A) either/or situation B) optional C) iteration D) selection Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 7) Braces { } are used to indicate: A) either/or alternative. B) optional. C) repetitive elements. D) selection. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

8) Which of the following is included in a physical data structure? A) codes that identify the status of a master record B) expansion area for file records C) the type of data structure, either for a screen or report D) editing criteria for the structure Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 9) A synonym or other name for an element is called a(n): A) common element. B) structural element. C) attributive element. D) alias. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 223 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 10) A base element is one that: A) was initially keyed into the system. B) does not change over a period of time. C) is used within one and only one subsystem. D) is the result of a calculation or some other logic. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 224 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 11) A derived element is one that: A) is keyed, derived by the users. B) has several different meanings, one for each user group. C) is created by processes as a result of calculations or a series of decision-making statements. D) has the displayed length and the stored length the same. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 224 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems.

12) When determining the length for elements: A) look at what the current length of data is and use that value. B) use values that other corporations have for similar elements. C) figure the amount of a numeric element and add a few characters for reasonable expansion. D) keep the value for the length small to save file space. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 224 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 13) The symbol X(8) represents: A) eight digits. B) eight alphanumeric characters. C) a data structure or element that repeats eight times. D) an element that is found within eight data structures. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 14) A varchar data type: A) is used to represent elements for which the analyst needs to determine the length. B) is an element that contains a check digit. C) is used to represent a floating point number with an indeterminate number of decimal positions.. D) is used for data that can contain any number of characters (up to the database limit). Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 15) A default value on a GUI screen may be used for: A) drop-down lists. B) radio buttons. C) check boxes. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

16) Data stores are used to store: A) all base elements and some derived elements. B) all derived elements and some base elements. C) all base and derived elements. D) only some base elements and some derived elements (the most critical ones in the system). Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 226 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 17) Since a single data flow may only show part of the collective data, A) the data store may be linked to several external structures defining the different data flows. B) many data flows may have to be examined to determine the contents of a data store. C) data stores must contain multiple redundant elements within repeating groups indicated by braces {}. D) an alias must be used. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 18) An analyst may develop the data flow diagram using a top-down method by using: A) algebraic notation. B) structural records. C) algebraic notation and structural records. D) vertical expansion methodology. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 227 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 19) The data dictionary may be used to create: A) screens. B) reports. C) forms. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 227 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

20) Which of the following is a flaw in the system design that is detected by analyzing the data dictionary entries? A) All derived elements on an output flow must be present on an input data flow. B) The data store may contain elements that are not present on any data flow to or from the data store. C) All base elements on an output data flow must be present on a data flow into the process. D) All elements that are discrete must have a table of codes definition. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 21) Elements on a data flow going into or out from a data store: A) must be created by the process linking to the data store. B) must be base elements. C) must be on a data flow that is input to the process that creates the output that is going to the data store. D) must be contained in the data store. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 22) What is not a characteristic of the ideal data dictionary? A) automated B) efficient C) interactive D) online E) evolutionary Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 230 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 23) Which of the following may be created by transforming an XML document? A) a Web page B) a portable document format (PDF) file C) output for a handheld device D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 6 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

24) Which of the following is not included in an XML document type definition? A) the number of times an element repeats B) an element that is optional C) the rules for transforming the XML document into standard output D) the attributes of an XML element Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 25) Which of the following is a more precise way to define the content of an XML document? A) a schema B) a document attribute list C) an ID REF, listing the identifiable elements of a document D) an XML repository specifications document Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 235 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 26) A(n) ________ is a synonym or another name for the element, used by different users of systems. A) alias B) schema C) alert D) varchar Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 223 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 27) A ________ is a large collection of information that is larger than a data dictionary. A) repository B) schema C) data element D) data alias Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information.

28) ________ is usually the first component to be stored in the data dictionary. A) Data flow B) Data direction C) Data mining D) Database schema Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 219 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 29) A ________ is composed of related elements. A) data structure B) data alias C) database schema D) data flow Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 30) ________ data structures include additional elements necessary for implementing the system. A) Physical B) Logical C) Informational D) Logistical Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 31) A data type of ________ is used for elements that can contain any number of characters up to the limit set by the database software. A) char B) numeric C) varchar D) text Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

32) The correct determination of a(n) ________ length is important to avoid truncation. A) address B) zip code C) database D) element Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 224 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 33) A(n) ________ value for an element is one that has certain fixed values. A) absolute B) discrete C) variable D) continuous Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 34) A(n) ________ element is one that has a smooth range of values. A) absolute B) discrete C) variable D) continuous Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 8.2 True/False 1) The data dictionary is a reference work of data about data. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 217 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 2) Data about data is called metadata. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 217 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 9 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

3) The data dictionary can be used as a starting point for creating XML documents. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 4) Automated data dictionaries are useful for only printing summary lists of data. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 5) A data dictionary contains information about a data flow diagram, but not entities or use cases. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 6) Databases are usually the first component of a data dictionary to be defined. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 219 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 7) An internal data flow is one that connects two processes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 220 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 8) Data structures are usually described using a binary notation. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

9) An alias for each element is another name for the data used by different users in different systems. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 223 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 10) Brackets [ ] represent repetitive elements. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 11) Parentheses represent an optional element in the data dictionary. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 12) Data structures are those data items within the system that are not meaningful if broken down further. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 221 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 13) A default value is one that never changes on a report. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 14) A discrete data element is one that has certain fixed values. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

15) When a V is used as a formatting character for an element, it indicates where the decimal point should occur, even though the actual decimal point is not included. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 16) All derived elements must be stored on a data store. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 226 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 17) Each level of a data flow diagram should use data appropriate for the level. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 227 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 18) The ideal data dictionary is automated, interactive, online, and evolutionary. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 230 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 19) The data dictionary may be used to generate computer source code. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 20) One of the rules for analyzing a data dictionary is that elements present on a data flow coming or going to a data store must be contained within the data store. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

21) Extensible markup language (XML) is a language that can be used to exchange data between businesses. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 22) XML is used when other systems or external organizations use the same software. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 23) XML is a way to define, sort, filter and translate data into a universal data language. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 24) In XML, tags become the metadata. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 25) An XML schema is a more precise way to define the content of an XML document. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 235 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 26) All default elements on an output data flow must be present on a data flow coming into the process. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 226 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

27) A derived element must be output from at least one process that it is not input to. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 28) The data structure and elements for a data store are commonly used to generate computer source code. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 29) Unified modeling language (UML) is a language that can be used to exchange data between businesses. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 30) XML is used when users have different computer (systems) and software. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 31) XML is a way to define, sort, filter, and translate data into a universal data language. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 232 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 32) In XML, schemas become the metadata. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 233 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems.

33) A document type definition is used to determine if the XML document content is valid. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 234 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 34) An !ATTLIST describes an XML attribute in the DTD. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 234 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 35) A schema is a more precise way to define the content of an XML document. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 235 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 36) The advantage of using XML to define data is that, in the XML format, data are stored in a pure text format and not dependent on any proprietary software. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 235 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8d-Recognize the functions of data dictionaries in helping users update and maintain information systems. 37) There are three standard formats for mainframe computers: zoned decimal, packed decimal, and binary. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 38) A zoned decimal is used to determine whether the XML document content is valid, that is, whether it conforms to the order and type of data that must be present in the document. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 234 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

39) The packed decimal format is commonly used to save space on file layouts and for elements that require a high level of arithmetic to be performed on them. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 225 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 8.3 Short Answer 1) (a) Define the term data dictionary. (b) Define metadata. Answer: (a) A data dictionary is a reference work of data about data (metadata) created by the systems analyst based on data flow diagrams. It collects and coordinates specific data terms, confirming what each term means to different people in the organization. (b) Metadata is data about data. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8a-Understand how analysts use data dictionaries for analyzing dataoriented systems. 2) Why are structural records used? Answer: Structural records allow the analyst to develop the data dictionary and the data flow diagrams using a top-down approach. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 227 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8b-Understand the concept of a repository for analysts' project information. 3) Describe the difference between base elements and derived elements. Answer: A base element is one that is initially keyed into the system, such as a customer name, address, or city. Base elements must be stored in files. Derived elements are created by processes as the result of a calculation or a series of decision-making statements. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 231 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

4) List three of the five main ways in which to use a data dictionary. Answer: 1. Validate the data flow diagram for completeness and accuracy. 2. Provide a starting point for developing screens and reports. 3. Determine the contents of data stored in files. 4. Develop the logic for data flow diagram processes. 5. Create XML (extensible markup language). Diff: 3 Page Ref: 218 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied. 5) Give two examples of elements that can be found in a data dictionary; one that has a standard length and one that does not have a standard length. Answer: In the United States lengths for state name abbreviations, zip codes, and telephone numbers are all standard. Examples of elements found in a data dictionary that do not have standard lengths include names, addresses, city names, long narratives, etc. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 224 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 8c-Create data dictionary entries based on data flow diagrams (DFDs) for all elements of the systems being studied.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 9 Process Specifications and Structured Decisions 9.1 Multiple Choice 1) In order to determine the human information requirements using a decision analysis strategy, what must the systems analyst determine? A) necessary data B) objectives C) information D) data structure Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 2) A goal of producing process specifications is to: A) reduce process interactions. B) build technical specifications for a specific computer language. C) validate the system design, including data flow diagrams and the data dictionary. D) design computer input and output processes. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 3) Primitive process specifications are not produced for: A) processes that use decision trees. B) processes for which prewritten code already exists. C) processes that involve complex editing. D) All of the above. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 243 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 4) When creating process specifications, what needs to be done for manual tasks? A) Create well-defined procedures for employees performing the tasks. B) Replace them with automated processes. C) Outline the decisions using a decision tree. D) Nothing, they are not part of processing specifications. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 243 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications.

5) Which of the following is not a business rule? A) logical inferences B) mathematical and functional derivations C) programming language IF statements D) definitions of business terms Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 6) Process logic may be represented as: A) structured English. B) a decision table. C) a decision tree. D) a formula. E) All of the above. Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 7) Which is structured English not based on? A) instructions organized into nested and grouped procedures B) simple English statements C) unstructured logic D) add, multiply, move, and so on Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions. 8) In order to use structured English, which convention is not advisable? A) Express all logic in terms of sequential structures, decision structures, case structures, or iterations. B) Blank a line and indent blocks of statements to show their hierarchy. C) Use and capitalize accepted keywords such as IF, THEN. D) Be careful when using "and" and "or." Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions.

9) Which of the following is not one of the three basic constructs used to code computer programs? A) sequence B) selection C) iteration D) computation Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions. 10) When selection is indicated for elements in the data dictionary: A) a simple sequence of structured English statements is all that is necessary. B) an IF...THEN...ELSE structure must be present in the structured English statements. C) DO WHILE, DO UNTIL, or PERFORM UNTIL structured English statements must be included. D) a decision tree must be used to depict the logic. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions. 11) When iteration is indicated for an element or a group of elements in the data dictionary: A) a simple sequence of structured English statements is all that is necessary. B) an IF..THEN...ELSE structured must be present in the structured English statements. C) DO WHILE, DO UNTIL, or PERFORM UNTIL structured English statements must be included. D) a decision table must be used to depict the logic. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions. 12) In order to build decision tables, what does the analyst not need to do? A) Eliminate any impossible situations. B) Simplify the table as much as possible. C) Determine the minimum size of the table. D) Eliminate inconsistencies. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 250 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 3 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

13) Which of the following is not one of the main problems that can occur in developing decision tables? A) incompleteness B) impossible situations C) contradictions D) repetition Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 252 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 14) Unlike the decision tree used in management science, what doesn't the analyst's tree contain? A) decisions B) conditions C) outcomes D) actions Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 15) When drawing the tree, systems analysts do not have to identify: A) all outcomes. B) all actions. C) the order. D) all conditions. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 16) Which is not one of three main advantages of a decision tree over a decision table? A) more correct as a communication tool B) sequential structure of decision tree branches C) conditions and actions of decision trees are found on some branches D) more readily understood Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 255 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

17) Which is the correct choice? A) Use structured English when not every condition is relevant to every action. B) Use decision tables when communication to end users is important. C) Use decision trees when the sequence of conditions and actions is critical. D) Use decision tables when there are many repetitious actions. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 18) Which of the following is not a business rule format? A) business conditions and actions B) user ethics C) logical inferences D) processing sequences Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 19) Which of the following is not a problem when creating decision tables? A) impossible situations B) too many conditions C) redundancy D) contradictions Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 252 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 20) In a decision table, contradictions occur when: A) an important condition is omitted. B) when the situation cannot occur because there are two or more conditions that cannot occur at the same time. C) identical sets of alternatives require the same action. D) rules suggest different actions but satisfy the same conditions. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 253 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

21) Process specifications are sometimes called ________, because they are a small portion of the total project specifications. A) designs B) data flows C) information nodes D) minispecs Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 22) Which of the following is not a goal of producing process specifications? A) to reduce the ambiguity of the process B) to reduce the time it takes for a process to run C) to obtain a precise description of what is accomplished D) to validate the system design Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 23) Which of the following is not an example of a keyword for structured English? A) IF B) DO C) PERFORM D) IS LIKE Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 24) Running a section of code over and over again until some condition is met is an example of a: A) loop. B) IF...THEN. C) DO... WHILE. D) decision table. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions.

25) ________ are created for primitive processes on a data flow diagram. A) Process specifications B) Process diagrams C) Process databases D) Production specifications Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 26) One of the goals of producing ________ is to validate the system design, including the data flow diagram and the data dictionary. A) process diagrams B) process databases C) process specifications D) production specifications Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 27) Process descriptions may exist on a form or within a ________ repository. A) data B) data dictionary C) CASE tool D) CASE diagram Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 243 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 28) When structured decisions are not complex, an appropriate technique for analyzing the decision process is the use of: A) CASE tools. B) structured English. C) decision trees. D) decision diagrams. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions.

29) Structured English can be more complex if blocks of (instructions) are ________ within each other to show hierarchy. A) nested B) grouped C) selected D) placed Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 30) A data structure with optional elements contained in parentheses or either/or elements contained in brackets will have a corresponding ________ statement in the process specification. A) DO ... WHILE B) PERFORM C) DO ... UNTIL D) IF ...THEN ...ELSE Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 31) ________, indicated by braces on a data structure, must have a corresponding DO WHILE, DO UNTIL, or PERFORM UNTIL structured English statement. A) Iteration B) Selection C) Movement D) Sequence Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 32) ________ are used when complex branching occurs in a structured decision process. A) Decision tables B) Data dictionaries C) Decision trees D) All of the above. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 8 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

33) In a decision table, ________ occur(s) when rules suggest different actions but satisfy the same conditions. A) contradictions B) conditions C) redundancy D) incompleteness Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 253 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 34) ________ are an important tool in the analysis of structured decisions. A) Contradictions B) Data dictionaries C) Decision trees D) Decision tables Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 253 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 9.2 True/False 1) Process specifications show the decision-making logic and formulas necessary to transform process input data into output. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 2) While process specifications produce a precise description of what is accomplished, they are not detailed enough to validate the system design. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 3) Process specifications are always produced for input and output operations, such as a read or write operation. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 9 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

4) Process descriptions may exist on a form but not within a CASE tool repository. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 243 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 5) Process logic may be represented as either structured English, a decision table, a decision tree, or a formula. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 6) Selection data dictionary entries become IF...THEN...ELSE structured English statements. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 7) Iteration data dictionary entries become simple structured English statements in a sequence. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 8) When structured decisions are not complex, an appropriate technique for analyzing the decision process is the use of semistructured English. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9b-Recognize the difference between structured and semistructured decisions. 9) Besides the obvious advantage of clarifying the logic and relationships found in human languages, structured English has another important advantage as a communication tool. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 246 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions.

10) If communication is unimportant, structured English is a viable alternative for decision analysis. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 247 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 11) Decision trees are most often drawn on their side, with the root of the tree on the left-hand side paper, branching out to the right. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 12) It is useful to combine conditions and actions when drawing decision trees. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 13) A square node indicates a condition, and a circle indicates an action. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 14) In drawing the tree, identify all conditions and actions and the order and timing of these. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 255 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 15) Use structured English when complex combinations of conditions, actions, and rules are found. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

16) Use decision tables when there are many repetitious actions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 17) Use decision trees when the sequence of conditions and actions is critical. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 18) All the process specifications for the entire data flow diagram are consolidated and included in the specification packet given to the computer programmer. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 19) Business rules are the set of procedures, conditions or formulas that allow a corporation to run its business. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 20) Use structured English when not every condition is relevant to every action. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 21) Use decision trees when there are many repetitious actions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

22) Use decision tables when complex combinations of conditions, actions, and rules are found. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 23) Use decision trees when not every condition is relevant to every action. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 24) Use decision tables when you require a method that effectively avoids impossible situations, redundancies, and contradictions. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 25) One major advantage of using decision tables over other methods is that tables help the analyst ensure completeness. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 253 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 26) In systems analysis, trees are used mainly for identifying and organizing conditions and actions in a completely structured decision process. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 27) The use of diagrams makes the decision tree more readable when one thinks of a circle as signifying IF when the square means THEN. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

28) In drawing the tree, begin building from left to right while making sure you are complete in listing all possible alternatives before moving over to the right. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 255 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 29) Use decision trees when not every condition is relevant to every decision. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 30) A goal of producing process specifications is to obtain a precise description of what is accomplished. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 31) Business rules are the set of procedures, conditions or formulas that allow a corporation to run its business. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 32) Use decision trees when there are many repetitious actions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 33) Use decision tables when complex combinations of conditions, actions, and rules are found. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

34) Use decision tables when the sequence of conditions and actions is critical. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 35) Use decision trees when you require a method that effectively avoids impossible situations, redundancies and contradictions. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 36) Use decision trees when not every condition is relevant to every action (the branches are different). Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 37) Use decision trees when communication to end users is important. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 256 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 38) The lower half of a decision tree contains the actions to be taken on the left and the rules for executing the actions on the right. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 248 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions. 39) Decision trees are useful when it is essential to keep a string of decisions in a particular sequence. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 254 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

9.3 Short Answer 1) What are the three reasons for producing process specifications? Answer: 1. To reduce the ambiguity of the process 2. To obtain a precise description of what is accomplished, which is usually included in a packet of specifications for the programmer 3. To validate the system design Diff: 2 Page Ref: 242 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9a-Understand the purpose of process specifications. 2) List three of the five conventions that should be followed when using structured English. Answer: 1. Express all logic in terms of one of these four types: sequential structures, decision structures, case structures, or iterations. 2. Use and capitalize accepted keywords such as IF, THEN, ELSE, DO, DO WHILE, DO UNTIL, and PERFORM. 3. Indent blocks of statements to show their hierarchy (nesting) clearly. 4. When words or phrases have been defined in a data dictionary, underline those words or phrases to signify that they have a specialized, reserved meaning. 5. Be careful when using "and" and "or," and avoid confusion when distinguishing between "greater than" and "greater than or equal to" and like relationships. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 3) Compose a structured English statement for the following supermarket scenario: "First, we determine whether the customer has shopped with us before. If they have, we give them a free bonus coupon. If they have not yet shopped with us, we give them a free membership card. We do this until there are no more customers in line." Answer: DO WHILE there are customers in line IF customer has shopped here before THEN give customer a bonus coupon ELSE THEN give customer a free membership card END DO Diff: 3 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Analytical thinking Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions.

4) What is the advantage of using structured English to communicate with people in the organization? Answer: Structured English can be taught to and hence understood by users in the organization, so if communication is important, structured English is a viable alternative for decision analysis. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 244 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9c-Use structured English, decision tables, and decision trees to analyze, describe, and document structured decisions. 5) What three advantages do decision trees have over decision tables? Answer: The decision tree has three main advantages over a decision table. First, it takes advantage of the sequential structure of decision tree branches so that the order of checking conditions and executing actions is immediately noticeable. Second, conditions and actions of decision trees are found on some branches but not on others, which contrasts with decision tables, in which they are all part of the same table. Third, compared with decision tables, decision trees are more readily understood by others in the organization. Consequently, they are more appropriate as a communication tool. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 255 AACSB: Application of knowledge Learning Objective: 9d-Choose an appropriate decision analysis method for analyzing structured decisions.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 10 Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and Design Using UML 10.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of the following is the main goal of the object-oriented approach? A) maintaining systems B) minimizing the impact of change C) reusability D) functional control Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 261 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 2) When classes are involved in inheritance, another name for a child class is: A) a base class. B) a derived class. C) a superclass. D) an instantiated class. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 263 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 3) When attributes are preceded by a minus sign, it means that: A) the attributes are private. B) the attributes are public. C) the attributes are static. D) the attributes are undefined. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 264 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness.

4) A template that the analyst may use when beginning to model or talk about the system from an O-O perspective is called a: A) CRC card. B) UML descriptor. C) whole-part structure. D) design layer. E) User Message Language. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 264 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 5) Which of the following is not one of the main components of UML? A) things B) relationships C) entities D) diagrams Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 266 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 6) Behavioral diagrams include all of the following except: A) activity diagrams. B) communication diagrams. C) class diagrams. D) use case diagrams. E) sequence diagrams. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 7) Which of the following is a structural diagram? A) use case diagram B) statechart diagram C) sequence diagram D) class diagram Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language.

8) Which of the following is not one of the six most commonly used UML diagrams? A) activity diagram B) CRC card relationship diagram C) use case diagram D) statechart diagram Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 9) Which of the following is not described by a use case? A) the actor that initiates an event B) the use case that performs the actions C) the event that triggers the use case D) the objects required by the use case Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 269 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 10) Which of the following are not shown on an activity diagram? A) classes B) events C) decisions that are made D) sequence of activities Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 271 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 11) On an activity diagram, what is used to show parallel activities? A) an arrow B) a synchronization bar C) a swimlane D) a diamond Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 272 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language.

12) On an activity diagram, what is used to show partitioning? A) a synchronization bar B) a swimlane C) a diamond D) a filled-in circle Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 272 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 13) A mechanism for communicating between a server and a mainframe computer is called a: A) message queue. B) swimlane. C) synchronization bar. D) EBCDIC conversion unit. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 273 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 14) On a sequence diagram, a lateral bar or vertical rectangle is used to represent: A) messages sent between classes. B) the time sequence of activities. C) the focus of control, when an object is busy doing things. D) the lifeline for the class or object. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 276 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 15) Solid arrowheads used for messages on a sequence diagram represent: A) inheritance relationships. B) return parameters. C) asynchronous messages. D) synchronous calls. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 275 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model.

16) Which of the following is not a format for sending messages between classes on a sequence diagram? A) messageName( ) B) messageName(parameter1, parameter2) C) messageName(parameter1:returnValue, parameter2:returnValue) D) messageName(parameterType:parameterName(defaultValue)) Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 276 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 17) What is used to show time ordering on a communication diagram? A) a sequence number B) a synchronous arrow C) an asynchronous arrow D) a focus of control Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 277 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 18) A private attribute on a class diagram: A) does not change its value for different object instances. B) is hidden from all classes except immediate subclasses. C) is only available in the object. D) is available to the class and all classes that have relationships with the attribute's class. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 278 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 19) Method overloading means that: A) the same method may be defined differently in inherited classes. B) the same method may be defined more than once in a given class. C) the method may have parameters passed to it from more than one relating class. D) the method may be used on different platforms, such as a server or client computer. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 279 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed.

20) Which type of class represents real-world items? A) entity B) interface C) abstract D) control Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 279 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 21) Which type of class provides a means for users to work with the system? A) entity B) boundary or interface C) abstract D) control Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 22) Which type of class cannot be directly instantiated? A) entity B) interface C) abstract D) control Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 23) Which type of class acts as a coordinator when implementing classes? A) entity B) interface C) abstract D) control Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed.

4) Which of the following is not a way to store and retransmit data from a Web page? A) Store the information in a cookie. B) Include the information in the URL. C) Store the data in a message queue. D) Include the data in a hidden field. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 282-283 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 25) A statechart diagram is created for: A) a single class. B) a single use case. C) an activity on an activity diagram. D) a group of classes connected with relationships. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 290 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 26) Object-oriented techniques work well in situations where ________ information systems are undergoing continuous maintenance, adaptation, and redesign. A) complicated B) simple C) highly technical D) global Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 261 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 27) Objects are represented by and grouped into ________ that are optimal for reuse and maintainability. A) objects B) views C) classes D) displays Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness.

28) The term ________ is used when an object is created from a class. A) class B) updated C) made D) instantiate Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 29) When using inheritance, the child class is also known as a ________ class. A) parent B) derived C) primary D) secondary Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 263 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 30) When one class is created from another class it is called: A) inheritance. B) dower. C) parenting. D) settlement. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 263 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 31) ________ reduces programming labor by reusing common objects easily. A) Inheritance B) Dower C) Parenting D) Settlement Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness.

32) A ________, ________, and ________ card may be used when the analyst is beginning to model or talk about the system from an O-O perspective. A) class; responsibilities; collaborators B) class; responsibilities; collections C) class; revisions; collaborators D) collection; responsibilities; collaborators Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 264 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 33) ________ describe the interactions of two or more things that perform a behavior that is more than any one of the things can do alone. A) Communication diagrams B) Concept diagrams C) Structural diagrams D) Behavioral diagrams. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267-268 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 34) ________ show the same information as a sequence diagram. A) Communication diagrams B) Concept diagrams C) Structural diagrams D) Behavioral diagrams. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267-268 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 35) ________ diagrams are used to model the static structural design view of a system. A) Class B) Concept diagrams C) Structural diagrams D) Behavioral diagrams. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 268 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language.

10.2 True/False 1) Objects are part of a general concept called classes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 2) An object defines a set of shared attributes and behaviors found in each class for the object. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 3) In inheritance, the original or parent class is known as the derived class. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10a-Understand what object-oriented systems analysis and design is and appreciate its usefulness. 4) CRC stands for class, requirements, and collaborators. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 264 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 5) UML consists of things, relationships, and diagrams. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 266 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 6) Behavioral things describe how things work. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 266 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model.

7) Structural diagrams are used to show the interaction between people and a use case. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 8) A use case model describes what a system does without describing how the system does it. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 269 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 9) The analyst should create use cases to define every system function, including queries and reports. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 10) An activity diagram shows the flow of information between two or more use cases. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 271 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 11) Partitioning on an activity diagram is shown using swimlanes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 272 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 12) Swimlanes are useful to show how the data must be transmitted or converted. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 273 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model.

13) State transition diagrams illustrate a succession of interactions between classes or object instances over time. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 275 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 14) On a sequence diagram, a lateral bar or vertical rectangle shows the focus of control. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 276 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 15) A communication diagram shows the same thing as a state transition diagram. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 277 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 16) An entity class represents an entity on an entity-relationship diagram. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 279 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 17) An abstract class cannot be directly instantiated. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 18) An association class is used to represent whole/part relationships. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 284 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed.

19) Aggregation shows that the whole object is composed of the sum of its parts. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 287 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 20) Polymorphism means that the subclass may inherit a parent method but may add to it or modify it. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 287 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 21) A statechart diagram is created to show how several classes change each other's states. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 290 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 22) An asynchronous message is when the calling program waits for control to be returned to it. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 291 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 23) Transient objects do not survive the end of session. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 291 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 24) A deployment diagram shows the physical implementation of the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system.

25) The first iteration of analysis should be at a very low level to identify the system objects. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 296 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 26) A public attribute is only available in the object. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 279 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 27) An entity class represents real-world items. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 279 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 28) A boundary or interface class provides a means for users to work with the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 29) An abstract class cannot be directly instantiated. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 30) A boundary class acts as a coordinator when implementing classes. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed.

31) Cookies are the only way to store data on the client computer that will exist beyond the current session. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 283 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 32) Association classes are those that are used to break up a many-to-many association between classes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 285 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 33) Aggregation provides a means of showing that the whole object is composed of the sum of its parts (other objects). Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 286 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 34) Collection is the relationship that exists when the whole has a responsibility for the part. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 287 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 35) Polymorphism is when the object-oriented program may have several versions of the same method with the same name in a superclass/subclass relationship. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 287 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 36) When messages are passed from one class to another, the receiving class must have a method corresponding to the message name. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 289 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed. 15 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

37) A deferred event is one that is held until an object changes state to one that can accept the event. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 290 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 38) Signals or synchronous messages occur when a program does not wait for a returning message. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 290 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 39) Temporal events occur at a predetermined time. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 291 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 40) Component diagrams show a bird's-eye view of the system architecture. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 293 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 10.3 Short Answer 1) What is UML? What are the three major elements of UML? Answer: UML(Unified Modeling Language) provides a standardized set of tools to document the object-oriented analysis and design of a software system. UML consists of three major elements: things, relationships and diagrams. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 266 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 2) Describe the difference between a class and an object. Answer: Object-oriented systems describe entities as objects. Objects are part of a general concept called classes, the main unit of analysis in object-oriented analysis and design. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 262 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10b-Comprehend the concepts of unified modeling language. 16 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

3) List the diagrams included in behavioral diagrams. Answer: Behavioral diagrams include use case diagrams, sequence diagrams, communication diagrams, statechart diagrams, and activity diagrams. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 267 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10c-Apply the steps used in UML to break down the system into a use case and class model. 4) List the and describe four categories into which classes fall. Answer: 1. Entity classes represent real-world items, such as people and things. 2. Boundary, or interface, classes provide a means for users to work with the system. 3. Abstract classes are classes that cannot be directly instantiated. 4. Control, or active, classes are used to control the flow of activities, and they act as a coordinator when implementing classes. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 280 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10e-Document and communicate the newly modeled object-oriented system. 5) What is polymorphism? Answer: Polymorphism is the capability of an object-oriented program to have several versions of the same method with the same name within a superclass/subclass relationship. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 287 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 10d-Diagram systems with the UML toolset so they can be described and properly designed.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 11 Designing Effective Output 11.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of these is not an objective of designing output? A) Provide appropriate output distribution. B) Choose the most effective output method. C) Design output to serve a specific purpose. D) Provide the output on time. E) Sell the user on current forms. Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 302-303 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11a-Understand the objectives for effective output design. 2) Which of these reports describe output produced when certain conditions occur? A) detailed B) exception C) historical D) summary Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 303 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 3) Which of the following is not a form of electronic output? A) web pages B) email C) report D) online message boards Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 303 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11a-Understand the objectives for effective output design. 4) In general, if many people need copies of output, which of these is the best alternative? A) audio B) CD ROM C) Web-based documents D) display screen Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 305 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 1 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

5) If output is to be frequently accessed, which is the best alternative? A) audio B) CD ROM C) printer D) display screen or Web Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 304 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 6) Which of these sorting procedures can introduce bias into information? A) alphabetical B) chronological C) cost D) All of the above. E) None of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 7) Defining a narrow range for information output in an exception report is an example of bias through: A) graphics. B) setting limits. C) sorting. D) None of the above. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 8) Which of these does not focus on the relationship between the system analyst and the user with respect to output? A) removal of all sources of bias from all output B) creating flexible output C) interactive design D) informing those concerned with output's biases Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 310 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users.

9) Which type of report prints a line for all records that match a set of conditions? A) detailed B) exception C) summary D) selected item Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 310 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11d-Design display output. 10) Which of these is not a characteristic of display screen output? A) available on a more flexible schedule B) can be more targeted to the user C) can be changed through direct interaction D) ephemeral E) portable Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 312 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11d-Design display output. 11) Which of these is not a guideline for display screen design? A) Create an attractive display screen. B) Facilitate user movement among display screens. C) Keep the display screen simple. D) Vary the display screen presentation. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 312 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11d-Design display output. 12) Which of the following is all about communicating measurements to the user? A) Ajax B) dashboards C) stickiness D) WMP Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 314 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features.

13) Which of the following is a rule of thumb used to make the dashboard more attractive and more effective? A) Create an RSS file for the dashboard. B) Use a large variety of item types. C) Use bright colors and bold fonts only for all data to distinguish the dashboard from the other windows. D) Choose appropriate performance measures for display. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 315 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 14) Which of the following is not a typical type of widget? A) clocks B) Ajax dashboard C) translators D) sticky notes Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 15) Which of the following is not a way to help you design a general purpose Web site intended for the average user? A) Use professional tools. B) Study other Web sites. C) Examine the Web sites of professional designers. D) Make extensive use of Web plug-ins. E) Create templates of your own. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 318 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

16) Which of the following does not need to be considered when building a Web site? A) structure B) HTML expertise C) graphics D) navigation E) promotion Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 318 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 17) Planning the ________ of a website is one of the most important steps in developing a professional website. A) structure B) HTML expertise C) graphics D) navigation E) promotion Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 320 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 18) Every web site should include a(n) ________ page. A) FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) B) stickiness C) advertisement D) navigation Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 19) ________ output can alleviate some problems with the timing of output distribution. A) Web-based B) Printed C) Hand-drawn D) Faxed Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 302 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 5 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Input which stays within the business is called: A) internal input. B) external input. C) private input. D) public input. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 303 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 21) Reports showing data that matches certain conditions are known as ________ reports. A) exception B) error C) problem D) financial Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 310 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 22) A network that includes clients, vendors, and suppliers is called an: A) extranet. B) internet. C) intranet. D) externet. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 304 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 23) Which of the following is not involved in creating an app for a mobile phone or tablet? A) brainstorming B) preliminary screen design C) user interface decisions D) printing screen designs as a submission requirement Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 327 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

24) Which of the following are common orientations for smart phones and tablets? A) portrait B) landscape C) diagonal D) Both A and B. E) A, B and C. F) None of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 331 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 25) ________ apps are intended for professionals and are often iPad versions of desktop software. A) Freemium B) Premium C) Low-cost D) Free Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 26) ________ apps are offered at no cost for basic features but allow in-app purchases for premium features and functionality. A) Freemium B) Premium C) Low-cost D) Free Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

27) Sometimes it is advisable to offer a ________ app if there are numerous other apps with similar functionality. A) freemium B) premium C) low-cost D) free Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 28) Which of the following is not a type of bias introduced unintentionally during output presentations? A) how information is sorted B) choice of fonts C) choice of graphics D) setting of acceptable limits Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 29) In a ________ Web design, objects were meant to look realistic and three-dimensional, with shadows added to artwork. A) skeuomorphic B) flat C) modern D) classic Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 317 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 30) A ________ Web design is a minimalistic approach to design that is clean, two-dimensional, and simple in many ways, including a bright color palette that is adhered to in all design. A) skeuomorphic B) flat C) modern D) classic Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 317 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 8 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

11.2 True/False 1) External output differs from internal output in its distribution, design, and appearance. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 303 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11a-Understand the objectives for effective output design. 2) Display screen output has a distinct advantage over printed output because of the quietness and potential for interaction. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 304 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11a-Understand the objectives for effective output design. 3) If many users in the business need different output at different, short periods of time, and they need it quickly, then printed output is the best alternative. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 304 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 4) Output is best thought of as a neutral product to be subsequently analyzed and acted upon by decision makers. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 5) Limits that are set too high for exception reports can overwhelm the decision maker with "exceptions" that are not really cause for concern. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 6) It is easier to identify a trend or pattern using graphical output. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 313 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11d-Design display output.

7) Even a haphazardly designed dashboard will be extremely useful to an executive. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 8) The term "website" replaced the words "home page," indicating that the array of pages would have to be organized, coordinated, designed, developed, and maintained in an orderly process. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 316 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 9) The Web is a very controlled environment that has a very predictable output for users. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 316 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 10) It is useful to study other Web sites when designing your own. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 316 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 11) Style sheets allow the designer to specify website attributes only once. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 12) GIF image file formats are best suited for photographs. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 321 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

13) Looking at other Web pages can help you design a good site. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 318 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 14) Stickiness means that a website will continue to create pop-up windows when the pages are closed by the user. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 320 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 15) A good design guideline is to not use the same graphic image on several Web pages. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 321 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 16) Ajax uses both JavaScript and XML to obtain small amounts of data, either plain text or XML, from a server without leaving the Web page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 335 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 17) An advantage of Ajax is that the entire Web page does not need to be reloaded to obtain new data. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 335 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 18) Common types of sorted bias include alphabetic, chronological, and cost. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users.

19) An executive uses a dashboard to review performance measures and to take action if the information on the screen calls for it. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 313 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 20) Dashboards are small programs that reside either in a sidebar attached to a browser or program or even reside in a special layer on the desktop itself. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 313 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 21) JPEG image file formats are used for photographs. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 321 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 22) Stickiness is a quality where the user stays at your website for a long period of time. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 320 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 23) The two common graphics file formats used on the Web are JPEG and PDF. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 321 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 24) A hot spot is a part of an image that acts as a link to another Web page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 322 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

25) The four -clicks rule states that a user should be able to move from the current page to a desired page in three mouse or keyboard clicks. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 323 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 26) A cascading style sheet can transform an XML document into various outputs, but cannot sort the document. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 333 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11g-Design output and content for social media. 27) An extensible style language transformation can sort an XML document or select elements to include. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 333 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11g-Design output and content for social media. 28) Ajax uses both JavaScript and XML to obtain small amounts of data, either plain text or XML, from a server without leaving the Web page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 335 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies. 29) The term walled garden refers to an array of apps available for purchase that do not require pre-approval. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 328 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 30) Unless developing a specialized app that will cost more than $19.95, prototyping is most likely the best way to develop an app. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 328 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets.

31) When developing an app, quick releases are important, and there is a strong advantage to being the first to introduce a certain type of app. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 328 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 32) Copying other developers' software is a good way to get an app into the market quickly. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 328 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 33) Premium apps are usually priced at around $0.99 - $1.99 and are offered for basic users. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 34) Apps that are offered at no cost for basic features but allow in-app purchases for premium features and functionality are call freemium apps. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 35) It is never advisable to offer an app at no charge to the user. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 36) App names should always be more than 12 letters. This will increase the chances of the icon being purchased. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets.

37) The orientation of a smartphone or tablet is important and designers should program apps for both portrait and landscape modes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 331 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 38) The smartphone market and tablet markets are constantly evolving. New operating systems will change the way apps are designed in the future. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 332 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 39) An executive can find a dashboard to be extremely useful in making decisions, but only if the dashboard is designed properly. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 314 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features. 40) An executive uses a dashboard to review individual transactions to see how a company is performing. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 314 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11e-Design dashboards for decision makers using infographics and other display features.

11.3 Short Answer 1) List five of the ten factors that must be considered when choosing output technology. Answer: 1. Who will use (see) the output (requisite quality)? 2. How many people need the output? 3. Where is the output needed (distribution, logistics)? 4. What is the purpose of the output? What user and organizational tasks are supported? 5. What is the speed with which output is needed? 6. How frequently will the output be accessed? 7. How long will (or must) the output be stored? 8. Under what special regulations is the output produced, stored, and distributed? 9. What are the initial and ongoing costs of maintenance and supplies? 10. What are the human and environmental requirements (accessibility, noise absorption, controlled temperature, space for equipment, cabling, and proximity to Wi-Fi transmitters or access points—i.e., hot spots) for output technologies? Diff: 2 Page Ref: 303-304 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11b-Relate output content to output methods inside and outside the organization. 2) List four of the six main objectives in designing output. Answer: They are to design output to serve the intended human and organizational purpose, to fit the user, to deliver the right quantity of output, to deliver it to the right place, to provide output on time, and to choose the right output method. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 302 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11a-Understand the objectives for effective output design. 3) List three main ways in which presentations of output are unintentionally biased. Answer: 1. How information is sorted 2. Setting of acceptable limits 3. Choice of graphics Diff: 3 Page Ref: 309 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11c-Realize how output bias affects users. 4) How does Ajax help to build effective Web pages? Answer: Ajax makes it possible to display much less data on a page, thereby making the output less cluttered and less confusing. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 335 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11f-Design websites for ecommerce and corporate uses that include Web 2.0 technologies.

5) How does a cascading style sheet allow the analyst to produce XML output? Answer: Cascading style sheets are an easy way to transform an XML document. The style sheet provides a series of styles, such as font family, size, color, border, and so on, that are linked to the elements of the XML document. These styles may vary for different media, such as a screen, printed output, or a handheld device. The transforming software detects the type of device and applies the correct styles to control the output. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 333 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets. 6) List four of the six basic pricing options for an app. Answer: 1. Choose a low-cost strategy. 2. Introduce an app as a "premium" app. 3. Adopt a "freemium" model. 4. Offer an app for free. 5. Promote an app by reducing its price. 6. Accept advertising. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 328-329 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 11h-Understand the development process for apps used on smartphones and tablets.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 12 Designing Effective Input 12.1 Multiple Choice 1) Well-designed input forms and display screens should meet all of the following objectives EXCEPT: A) effectiveness. B) accuracy. C) ease of use. D) efficiency. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 343 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 2) Which is not a guideline for form design? A) Make forms easy to fill out. B) Ensure that forms meet the purpose for which they are designed. C) Design forms to assure accurate completion. D) Keep forms attractive. E) None of the above. Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 3) Which is not one of the seven main sections of a strong form? A) heading B) footnote C) body D) signature and verification E) comments Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems.

4) Which section is in the top quarter of the form? A) identification and access B) body C) totals D) comments E) None of the above. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 5) Which of the following is not on the bottom of the form? A) verification B) totals C) identification D) comments Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 6) Which leaves a stub behind as a record when separated? A) all specialty form B) perforated form C) continuous-feed form D) multiple-part form Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 7) Which are not useful design elements to make forms attractive? A) type fonts B) line weights C) separating categories and subcategories D) proper layout and flow E) regular spacing between lines Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems.

8) Which is not a basic duty for controlling forms? A) making sure that each form in use fulfills its specific purpose B) encouraging creative duplication of information collected and the forms that collect it C) designing effective forms D) making sure that the specified purpose is integral to organizational functioning E) deciding on how to get forms reproduced in the most economical way Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 347-348 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 9) Which is not a guideline for display screen design? A) Keep the display simple. B) Keep the display presentation consistent. C) Facilitate user movement among display screens and pages. D) Create a basic and unattractive display screen. E) None of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 348 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 10) The occasional user should have ________% of the display screen containing useful information? A) 30 B) 40 C) 50 D) 70 E) 90 Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 348 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 11) Which is not an illusion of physical movement among screens? A) scrolling B) context-sensitive pop-up windows C) onscreen dialogue D) None of the above. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 349 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems.

12) Which is not an explanation of icons? A) pictorial, onscreen representations B) they symbolize computer actions that users may select using a mouse, keyboard, lightpen, or joystick C) they serve functions similar to those of words D) they may replace functions in many menus E) meaning of icons is less quickly grasped than words Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 350 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 13) In a text box, such as found in Microsoft Access, character data should be aligned on the ________ and numeric data on the ________. A) left, left B) left, right C) right, left D) right, right Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 14) Which of the following is used to select data that is mutually exclusive? A) check box B) text box C) text area D) radio button Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 15) Which of the following is used when more than one choice may be selected? A) check box B) sliders C) drop-down list box D) list box E) radio button Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12c-Use pervasive navigational elements and icons to give Web designs a professional look

16) Which graphical user interface screen element is used to select data that has continuous values? A) check box B) sliders C) drop-down list box D) list box E) radio button Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 17) Which graphical user interface screen element is used to perform an action? A) check box B) command button C) drop-down list box D) list box E) radio button Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 18) What gets sent to the program when a user clicks on an image map? A) the name of the image map B) the number of pixels (relative to the upper left-hand corner) of the cursor within the image C) the color code of the location of the cursor D) the x- and y-coordinates of the cursor within the image E) the location (in pixels) from the upper left-hand corner of the entire screen Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 19) Which of the following Web form controls has the value defined in the Web form, not visible on the Web form? A) text boxes B) text areas C) radio buttons D) input boxes Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

20) Which of the following fields do not take up any space on the Web page, and can contain only a name and a value? A) radio buttons B) check boxes C) spin buttons D) sliders E) hidden fields Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 354 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 21) Which of the following may be changed on a Web form by using JavaScript? A) add new fields B) remove old fields C) change field attributes D) radio button changing into a check box E) All of the above may be a type of change. Answer: E Diff: 3 Page Ref: 357 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 22) Which of the following does Ajax use to modify Web pages? A) JavaScript B) hidden fields C) server-side scripts D) synchronous transmission protocols Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 357 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 23) Which of the following guidelines do not apply to tab control boxes? A) They should have sizable borders. B) A separate tab should be included for each unique feature. C) The most commonly used tab should be in the front. D) Include OK, Cancel, and Help buttons. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

24) Which is not one of the top five most legible combinations of foreground lettering on background? A) black on yellow B) green on black C) blue on white D) white on blue E) yellow on black Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 361-362 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 25) Which of the following guidelines do not apply to creating ecommerce sites? A) Customers should feel confident that they are buying the correct amount. B) Instill a feeling of confidence in the company by displaying a privacy policy and security information. C) Allow the customer to change the order quantity or remove items from the shopping cart. D) Create a feedback screen that validates that mandatory fields have been correctly entered but will be flexible enough to allow customers to submit an order even if incorrect. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 364 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 26) ________ means that input forms and screens serve a specific purpose in management information systems, while accuracy refers to design that assures proper completion. A) Effectiveness B) Ease of use C) Consistency D) Attractiveness Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 343 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 27) Ease of use means that forms and screens are straight-forward and require no extra time to: A) decipher. B) translate. C) erase. D) encode. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 343 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 7 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

28) ________ are important instruments for steering the course of work. A) Forms B) Buttons C) Data models D) Databases Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 29) Designing a form with proper ________ can minimize the time and effort spent by employees in form completion. A) flow B) usefulness C) context D) headings Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 30) The ________ section requires the most detail and development from the person completing it. A) body B) heading C) comments D) footer Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 31) When it is desirable to provide different information for different departments, ________ forms are useful. A) specialty B) standard C) paper D) colorful Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems.

32) ________ forms draw people into them and encourage completion. A) Aesthetic B) Colorful C) Dull D) Long Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 33) Proper layout and ________ contribute to a form's attractiveness. A) flow B) groupings C) headers D) font Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 34) One big difference of screen design from form design is the constant presence of a ________ on the screen. A) cursor B) title C) command prompt D) voice prompt Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 348 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 35) By employing ________ icons for screen design, designers and users all save time. A) standard B) nonstandard C) simple D) complex Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 349 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems.

12.2 True/False 1) Forms should flow from left to right and top to bottom. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 2) Vertical "tick marks" should be included within each caption on every form. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 346 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 3) To be attractive, forms should elicit information in the expected order. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 347 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 4) A graphical user interface display can be made attractive by the use of color and shaded or three-dimensional boxes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 349 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 5) An example of an icon is a piece of paper image "thrown" into a wastebasket icon. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 349 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 6) An option button or radio button on a graphical user interface is used for mutually exclusive choices. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 7) A list box on a graphical user interface is used to perform an action. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

8) Sliders and spin buttons are used to change data that has a continuous range of values. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 9) When the user clicks on a point in an image map, the corresponding x- and y-coordinates are sent to the program. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 10) On a Web page, the data associated with the control is stored by naming the field, which is transmitted to the server. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 11) Drop-down lists are different from radio buttons or check boxes in that there are many options for a given drop-down list. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 12) Hidden fields are not visible to the viewer and can contain only a name. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 354 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 13) Hidden fields are used on a second form when multiple forms are required to capture all the transaction data. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 354 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 14) An event-response chart may be used to list the variety of events that occur when there are complicated interactions on a Web form. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 355 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 11 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) Dynamic Web pages change themselves as the result of the server action. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 357 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 16) A disadvantage of using dynamic Web pages is that they may not be compliant with the American Disabilities Act. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 17) Ajax involves the use of JavaScript and hidden fields for sending client data to the server. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 18) Ajax allows Web developers to build a Web page that works more like a traditional desktop program. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 19) With Ajax, as new data is needed, the browser sends a request to the server, and the server sends a small amount of data back to the browser, which updates the current page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 20) A tab dialogue box should have two buttons: OK and Cancel. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets.

21) Appropriate use of icons on the screen allows contrast of foreground and background. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 349 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 22) Highly contrasting colors should first be assigned to fields that must be differentiated, then other colors can be assigned. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 362 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 23) Provide minimal or no instructions on a Web site, because it takes page space and people must know how to use their browser software. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 364 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 24) A well-designed ecommerce Web site will make up for any other features that the site is lacking. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 362 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 25) Create a feedback screen that refuses submission of a form unless mandatory fields are filled in correctly. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 364 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 26) A graphical user interface is also called a point-and-click interface. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 351 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12b-Design engaging input displays for users of information systems. 27) An option box is used to select nonexclusive choices. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

28) A check box is used to select one of a few mutually exclusive choices located adjacent to each other on a graphical user interface screen. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 29) A drop-down list box is used to select a choice if there is little room on the page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 30) Sliders and spin buttons are used to change data that have a continuous range of values. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 31) On a Web page, the data associated with the control is stored using an ID and a name pair that are transmitted to the server. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 354 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 32) Drop-down lists are different from radio buttons or check boxes in that there are many options for a given drop-down list. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 353 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 33) Hidden fields are not visible to the viewer and do not take up any space on the Web page, and can contain only a name and a value. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 354 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 34) An event-response chart may be used to explore improvements to the Web page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 355 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

35) Static Web pages change themselves as the result of user action. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 357 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 36) Using layers is an effective way to build websites since it does not require any pop-up pages. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 358 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 37) Ajax involves the use of JavaScript and extensible markup language (XML). Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 38) With Ajax, as new data is needed, the browser sends a request to the server, and the server sends a small amount of data back to the browser, which updates the current page. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 359 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets. 39) Two basic buttons should be included on every Web fill-in form: Submit and Clear. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 363 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets.

12.3 Short Answer 1) What are the four guidelines for good form design? Answer: 1. Make forms easy to fill in. 2. Ensure that forms meet the purpose for which they are designed. 3. Design forms to ensure accurate completion. 4. Keep forms attractive. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12a-Design functional input forms for users of business systems. 2) What is proper form flow? Why is it so important? Answer: Forms should flow from left to right and top to bottom. Form flow is important because illogical flow takes extra time and is frustrating to the user. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 344 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 3) What are the four guidelines for good display design? Answer: 1. Keep the display simple. 2. Keep the display presentation consistent. 3. Facilitate user movement among display screens and pages. 4. Create an attractive and pleasing display. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 348 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web. 4) List five of the seven design guidelines for a Web-based fill-in form. Answer: 1. Provide clear instructions. 2. Demonstrate a logical entry sequence for fill-in forms. 3. Use a variety of text boxes, push buttons, drop-down menus, check boxes, and radio buttons. 4. Provide a scrolling text box if you are uncertain about how much space users will need to respond to a question. 5. Prepare two basic buttons on every Web fill-in form: Submit and Clear Form. 6. If the form is lengthy and the users must scroll extensively, divide the form into several simpler forms on separate pages. 7. Create a feedback screen that highlights errors in an appropriate color and refuses submission of the form until mandatory fields are correctly filled in. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 363 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12e-Design useful input pages for users of intranets, the Web, smartphones, and tablets.

5) When should check boxes be used in a form? When should option buttons be used? Answer: Check boxes should be used when more than one value can be selected at a time. Option buttons should be used when only one option can be chosen at a time. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 352 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 12d-Design useful input forms for people interacting on the Web.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 13 Designing Databases 13.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which is not related to conventional files? A) Files will remain a practical way to store data for some applications. B) A file can be designed and built quite rapidly. C) Files are a central source of data meant to be shared by many users for a variety of applications. D) The concerns for data availability and security are minimized. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 371 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 2) Which doesn't DBMS allow? A) creation of database B) classification of database C) modification of database D) updating the database E) retrieval of data Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 3) Which is not an effectiveness objective of the database? A) ensuring that data can be shared among users for a variety of applications B) ensuring all data required for current and future applications will be readily available C) allowing the database to evolve and the needs of the users to grow D) allowing users to construct their personal view of the data without concern for the way the data are physically stored E) maintaining data that are both accurate and inconsistent Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

4) Which is an advantage of the database approach? A) All of the data are stored in one place. B) Data are more vulnerable to catastrophes. C) It comes about when attempting to keep the cost of storing the data to a reasonable amount. D) It allows users their own view of the data. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 5) Which is incorrect about reality, data, and metadata? A) Within the realm of reality, there are entities and attributes. B) There are record occurrences within the realm of actual data. C) Within the realm of metadata, there are record definitions and data item definitions. D) There are data item occurrences within the realm of files. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 373 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 6) The symbol used to represent additional attributes of another entity that may not be present on every record of the first entity is called an: A) associative entity. B) attributive entity. C) entity subtype. D) self-join. E) ordinal entity. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 373-374 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 7) When an entity has a relationship connecting it to itself, it is called a(n): A) unitary relationship. B) inverse relationship. C) extensible join. D) self-join. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

8) What type of entity is used to represent repeating groups? A) fundamental entity B) associative entity C) attributive entity D) iterative entity Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 375 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 9) Which word is used interchangeably with the term data item? A) attribute B) record C) key D) tuple Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 10) What is a collection of data items that have something in common with the entity? A) a record B) an attribute C) a data item D) an entity Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 11) What is defined as any data item in a record that is used to identify the record? A) an attribute B) a key C) a primary key D) an entity Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

12) What can be constructed by choosing two or more data items and combining them? A) a primary key B) an attribute C) a secondary key D) an entity E) a concatenated key Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 13) Which type of file contains all the attributes for an entity as well as a primary key and several secondary keys? A) a transaction file B) a relational file C) a master file D) a keyed index file Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 14) Transaction files: A) are large files, containing all main information about an entity. B) are used to update master files and produce reports. C) cannot contain several record types. D) are always stored using indexed-sequential organization. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 15) Which file is used when it is necessary to run a program, but no printer is available? A) a master file B) a table file C) a report file D) a work file E) a transaction file Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 380 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

16) Which order is correct for the analyst to normalize a data structure? I. Remove all repeating groups and identify the primary key. II. Remove any transitive dependencies. III. All partial dependencies are removed and placed in another relation. A) III - II - I B) I - II - III C) III - I - II D) II - I - III E) I - III - II Answer: E Diff: 3 Page Ref: 382 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 17) Which of the following is true when implementing a one-to-many relationship? A) The file on the one end has a foreign key consisting of the primary key of the many end. B) The file on the one end has a concatenated key of its primary key and the many end key. C) The file on the many end has a foreign key consisting of the primary key on the one end. D) The file on the many end has a concatenated key of its primary key and the one end key. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 391 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 18) Each master table should have programs to: A) add new records. B) update master file records. C) delete master file records. D) read and process records from the master file. E) All of the above. Answer: E Diff: 2 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 19) The integrity constraint that ensures that every many record in a one-to-many relationship has a matching record in the one file is called: A) entity integrity. B) referential integrity. C) domain integrity. D) ordinal integrity. E) cardinal integrity. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 5 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

20) Which of the following is not one of the four anomalies that may occur when creating database tables? A) data redundancy B) update anomaly C) primary anomaly D) insert anomaly E) deletion anomaly Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 21) Which order is correct in the retrieval and presentation of data? I. Select rows from the relation. II. Derive new attributes. III. Join two relations together. IV. Present data. V. Choose a relation from the database. VI. Project columns from the relation. VII. Calculate totals and performance measures. VIII. Index or sort rows. A) V - III - II - I - VIII - IV - VI - VII B) V - III - VI - I - II - VIII - VII - IV C) III - V - VI - I - II - VIII - VII - IV D) V - III - II - I - VI - IV - VII - VIII E) III - V - II - I - VI - VII - VIII - IV Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13d-Understand the concept of data warehouses 22) The process of taking a logical data model and transforming it into a physical model that is efficient for the most often used tasks is called: A) referential integrity. B) normalization. C) denormalization. D) data warehousing. E) online analytic processing. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 395 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13e-Comprehend the usefulness of publishing databases to the Web.

23) Which of the following is not a difference between a data warehouse and a traditional database? A) Data in a data warehouse are organized around major subjects rather than transactions. B) Data in a data warehouse cover a much longer time frame that transaction data. C) Data in a data warehouse are organized for rapid updating. D) Data in a data warehouse are organized for fast queries. E) Data in a data warehouse usually include data from outside sources. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 396 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13d-Understand the concept of data warehouses 24) A process of applying algorithms for extracting patterns from data stored in data warehouses that are typically not apparent to human decision makers is called: A) data mining. B) data warehousing. C) data denormalization. D) databasing. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13d-Understand the concept of data warehouses 25) ________ is the transformation of complex user views and data stores to a set of smaller, stable data structures. A) Categorization B) Capitalization C) Alphabetization D) Normalization Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 382 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 26) An alternative to building conventional files is building a: A) data dictionary. B) data warehouse. C) database. D) data model. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 371 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

27) A ________ is a central source of data meant to be shared by many users for a variety of applications. A) database B) data dictionary C) data warehouse D) data model Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 371 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 28) A well-designed ________ can be more flexible than separate files. A) data dictionary B) data warehouse C) data model D) database Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 29) The information that describes data is referred to as : A) metadata. B) gammadata. C) moredata. D) alphadata. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 373 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 30) Within the realm of ________, there are entities and attributes. A) reality B) metadata C) relationships D) databases Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 373 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

31) A(n) ________ represents additional attributes of an entity that may not be present on every record of the entity. A) entity subtype B) entity type C) primary entity D) secondary entity Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 374 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 32) ________ are associations between entities. A) Relationships B) Subtypes C) Types D) Entities Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 374 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 33) A ________ represents more than one of the other entity. A) crow's foot B) single line C) double line D) dotted line Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 376 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 34) An attribute is some characteristic of a(n): A) entity. B) relationship. C) reality. D) record definition. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

35) ________ is a process to eliminate repeating groups found in variable-length records. A) Alpha row selection B) First row selection C) Normalization D) Denormalization Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 13.2 True/False 1) The sharing of the data means that data need to be stored only once. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 2) Data have a better chance of being available in a conventional file system than in a database. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 371 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 3) Within the realm of metadata, there are record definitions and data item definitions. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 373 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 4) Any object or event about which someone chooses to collect data is an attribute. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 373 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 5) An entity subtype is an entity that is used to represent a many-to-many relationship. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 372 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 6) An associative entity is used for repeating groups. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 375 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 10 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

7) Many data items can be packed into a field; the field can be read and converted to a number of data items. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 377 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 8) A primary key is one of the data items in a record that uniquely identifies a record. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 9) An object identifier is a unique key for each record in the database, not just in a table. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 10) Secondary keys can be used to select a group of records that belong to a set. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 11) Metadata describes the name given and the length assigned each record. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 12) Master files are large and contain all the information about an entity. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 13) Table files are used to update master files. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

14) Transaction files contain information necessary to produce reports but are not able to update master files. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 15) One of the primary advantages of the relational structure is that ad hoc queries are efficiently handled. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 381 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 16) A one-to-many relationship may be implemented using a drop-down list. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 391 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 17) A many-to-many relationship may be implemented using three tables. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 391 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts. 18) Each distinct data entity may be stored on several master database tables. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 19) Referential integrity means that all foreign keys in the many table must have a matching record in the parent table. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 20) A deletion anomaly occurs when the entire primary key is not known and the database cannot delete a record. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data.

21) An update anomaly occurs when the same data are stored in more than one place in the database. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 22) REMOVE is the logical ordering of rows in a relation according to some key. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 23) Presentation of the data abstracted from the database must take one of two forms: graphs and tabular forms. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 24) Data mining is used to verify or validate patterns that humans are able to make themselves. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 398 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13e-Comprehend the usefulness of publishing databases to the Web. 25) An object identifier (OID) is a unique key for each record in the database, not just in a table. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 26) Master files contain all the information about a data entity. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 27) A master file contains information used to update master files and produce reports. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 379 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data.

28) In database literature, the views are referred to as schema. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 380 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 29) In relational structures, a file is called a relation, a record is usually referred to as a tuple, and the attribute value set is called a domain. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 381 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 30) A many-to-many relationship may be implemented using three tables. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 391 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 31) Each separate data entity should create its own master database table. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13d-Understand the concept of data warehouses 32) An update anomaly occurs when the entire primary key is not known and the database cannot insert a new record. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13f-Understand the relationship of business intelligence to data warehouses, big data, and data analytics. 33) An insert anomaly results when a change to one attribute value either causes the database to contain inconsistent data or causes multiple records to need changing. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13f-Understand the relationship of business intelligence to data warehouses, big data, and data analytics. 34) Entity integrity constraints are rules that govern the composition of primary keys. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13f-Understand the relationship of business intelligence to data warehouses, big data, and data analytics. 14 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

35) Referential integrity governs the nature of records in a one-to-many relationship. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 392 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13c-Use databases for presenting data. 13.3 Short Answer 1) What is normalization? Answer: Normalization is the transformation of complex user views and data stores to a set of smaller, stable data structures. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 382 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 2) List and describe the four anomalies that may occur when creating database tables. Answer: 1. Data redundancy occurs when the same data are stored in more than one place in the database. 2. An insert anomaly occurs when the entire primary key is not known and the database cannot insert a new record, which would violate entity integrity. 3. A deletion anomaly happens when a record is deleted, resulting in the loss of other related data. 4. An update anomaly results when a change to one attribute value either causes the database to contain inconsistent data or causes multiple records to need changing. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 394 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 3) What is denormalization? Answer: Denormalization is the process of taking the logical data model and transforming it into a physical model that is efficient for the most often needed tasks. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 395 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13b-Use normalization to efficiently store data in a database. 4) What is the difference between a primary key and a secondary key? Answer: A primary key is a key that uniquely identifies a record. A key is called a secondary key if it cannot uniquely identify a record. Secondary keys either may be unique or may identify multiple records in a database. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

5) Give two examples of primary keys that can be used to identify a person or thing. Answer: Students may have a wide range of examples for this question. In the US, the most common primary key is the social security number. Other examples include a driver's license number or school ID number. Items can also have primary keys. Examples could include serial numbers on manufactured goods, VIN numbers on cars and lot numbers on medications. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 378 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 13a-Understand database concepts.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 14 Human-Computer Interaction and UX Design 14.1 Multiple Choice 1) To reach HCI goals, managers and developers need to be knowledgeable about the interplay among: A) users. B) tasks. C) the environments in which systems are used. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 2) In HCI, well-being means concern for the human's: A) physical state, such as comfort, safety, and health. B) physical and psychological state. C) psychological state, such as system acceptance, technology-stress, and software frustration. D) physical environment, such as keyboard ergonomics and lighting. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 3) Usability heuristics include which of the following? A) user restrictions and limitations, including activity monitoring B) recall rather than reconnection C) the match between the system and the real world D) diagnosis and recovery from disasters Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 412 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 4) Which of the following allow users to arrange data in any way they choose? A) pivot tables B) parameter queries C) natural language queries D) indirect manipulation interface Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

5) Which of the following is not a physical consideration in HCI design? A) vision B) hearing C) touch D) smell Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 6) Which of the following is a guideline for the HCI approach to system design? A) Design with prototyping to accommodate the average employee, considering that all employees will receive the same training. B) Examine the software used and consider the fit between the human and the computer. C) Identify what obstacles exist for users in their attempts to accomplish their assigned tasks. D) Examine the actual usefulness and perceived usefulness from post-implementation evaluation surveys. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 7) Which is not an objective of designing interfaces? A) matching the user interface to the task B) making the user interface efficient C) generating usable queries D) appropriate feedback to the interface from users E) improving productivity Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 415 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 8) Which of the following types of interface is the ideal for inexperienced users, requiring no special skills? A) dialog box B) natural-language C) command D) question and answer Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

9) Which is a type of question/answer interface? A) dialog box B) natural language C) menu D) summary Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 10) Which is not a characteristic of a menu interface? A) It provides the user with an onscreen list of available selections. B) A user is limited to the options displayed. C) The user need not know what task should be accomplished, but does need to know the system. D) To be properly utilized, menu users must know which task they desire. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 11) Which is not an advantage of nested menus? A) They allow the screen to appear more cluttered. B) They provide good screen design. C) They allow users to avoid seeing menu options in which they have no interest. D) They can move users quickly through the program. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 12) Which is not a guideline used when designing GUI menus? A) The main menu bar is always displayed. B) The main menu should have secondary options grouped into similar sets of features. C) Menu items that are unavailable at this time should be grayed out to signify that they cannot be used at this time. D) The menus that display when a main menu item is clicked must consist of only one word. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

13) User interfaces include all except: A) natural-language interfaces. B) indirect manipulation interface. C) question-and-answer interfaces. D) menu interfaces. E) form-fill interface. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 416-417 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 14) A small message that appears when the cursor is placed over a command button to identify its function is called: A) a hypertext link. B) a shortcut keystroke. C) a context sensitive menu. D) tool tip help. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 426 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 15) A menu that appears when an object is clicked with the right mouse button is called: A) a hypertext link. B) a shortcut keystroke. C) a context menu. D) tool-tip help. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 417 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 16) Which of the following helps to achieve the goal of minimal user action? A) Only enter data that are not already stored on files. B) Use appropriate default values on screens. C) Provide keystrokes for selecting pull-down menu options. D) All of the above. E) A and C above. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 427 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces.

17) Which of the following is not a way to use a default value? A) A menu option is pulled down when the form first displays. B) An input field contains text when the form first displays. C) A radio button is selected when the form first displays. D) A check box is checked when the form first displays. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 427 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 18) Which of the following helps to achieve the goal of standard operation and consistency? A) Use the same icons for all programs regardless of their function. B) Cancel a transaction in a consistent way. C) Change the background color as the user moves from screen to screen in a consistent manner. D) When using different keys to obtain help from screen to screen within a system, provide the location of the help key message in a consistent line on the screen. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 428 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI. 19) Context-sensitive help means providing help: A) on a sensitive corporate issue. B) in a specific context about a corporate issue. C) about the current screen or area of the screen. D) about text that is linked to other text screens. E) on sensitive user personal problems. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 431 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14f-Understand the importance of user feedback. 20) Which feedback is needed to let the user know that the computer is unable to complete a request? A) explaining a delay in processing B) acknowledging that a request is completed C) notifying that a request was not completed D) offering the user more detailed feedback Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 430 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14f-Understand the importance of user feedback.

21) The query method that uses a series of words and commands to select the rows and columns for a query is called: A) a parameter query. B) SQL. C) QBE. D) query design grid. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 440 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 22) The overarching goal of ________ is to achieve both organizational and individual user effectiveness and efficiency. A) human-computer interaction B) performance C) Structured Query Language (SQL) D) feedback Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 23) It is important that the fit among the ________, ________ and ________ all correspond. A) user; computer; task B) user; display; task C) designer; computer; task D) user; display; feedback Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 24) ________ in HCI refers to a combination of the efficiency involved in performing a task and the quality of the work that is produced by the task. A) Performance B) Fit C) Task D) Well-being Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

25) How users feel about themselves, their identities, their work life, and performance can all be gauged through assessing their: A) attitudes. B) well-being. C) usability. D) fit. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 411-412 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 26) One important consideration is that data are made available in different forms so that users with different ________ abilities can make sense of them. A) technological B) behavioral C) psychological D) cognitive Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 27) ________ allow users to arrange data in a table in any way they choose. A) Pivot tables B) Databases C) Menus D) Display screens Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 28) As a designer, you are constantly examining the fit between the ________, the ________, and the ________ set by the organization. A) human; computer; tasks B) human; display; tasks C) designer; computer; tasks D) human; display; feedback Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

29) When designing from an HCI perspective, you start realizing that limitations are often discussed in terms of: A) disabilities. B) talents. C) skills. D) beliefs. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 30) Designers need to think about the ________ before programming a gesture simply because it exists. A) look and feel B) query C) alert D) metaphor Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 423 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 31) ________ are for critical information that the user needs to know in a timely manner. A) Badges B) Alerts C) Queries D) Notices Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 423 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 32) Which query type is used to find the value of an entity based on an entity's attribute? A) Query Type 1 B) Query Type 2 C) Query Type 3 D) Query Type 4 Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 435 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web.

33) Which of the following is NOT an action that promotes good UX design? A) Do masquerade ads as content B) Do create simple and stress free sign-ins C) Do keep your eye on users D) Do make the default choices user friendly Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 420 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14d-Apply user experience (UX) design when developing customercentered ecommerce website experiences. 34) Which of the following is NOT a benefit of UX design? A) Users will complete the transaction rather than abandoning their cart and leaving the site B) Less support is needed to address user complaints arising out of a poor user experience. C) Task results can be more accurate. D) Less tasks can be completed in a given amount of customer time. Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 422 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14d-Apply user experience (UX) design when developing customercentered ecommerce website experiences. 14.2 True/False 1) The overarching goal of human-computer interaction is to achieve efficiency. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 2) It is important that the fit among the user, computer, and task all correspond. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 3) Better fit results in greater efficiency but many times more stress for the human involved in the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 411 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI).

4) One important consideration is that data are made available in a single form so that users can make sense of them. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 5) A pivot table is useful because it gives users greater control over how they look at data in different ways within a table. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 6) From an HCI perspective, the analyst should think in terms of limitations on human vision. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 7) When designing from an HCI perspective, you start realizing that limitations are often discussed in terms of cost. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 8) The foremost concern when designing from an HCI perspective will always be assisting a user in using technology. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 9) To most users, the interface is the system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 415 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 10) To be properly utilized, the menu user must know which task he/she desires. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces.

11) Menus can be nested within one another to lead a user through options in a program. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 12) A disadvantage of nested menus is that they require users to consider menus in which they have no interest. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 13) An ecommerce site should only provide feedback to users. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 431 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14f-Understand the importance of user feedback. 14) The standard type of navigational approach used for ecommerce is called "one-click." Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 433 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14g-Articulate HCI implications for designing ecommerce websites. 15) An Internet site map is used to improve navigational efficiency. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 434 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14g-Articulate HCI implications for designing ecommerce websites. 16) A Boolean expression may link conditions using AND and OR operators. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 438 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14g-Articulate HCI implications for designing ecommerce websites. 17) SQL uses a grid to select query records. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 435 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web.

18) QBE uses a series of words and commands to select the rows and columns for a query. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 440 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 19) The foremost concern when designing from an HCI perspective will always be assisting a user in accomplishing a task, set by the organization, with the use of technology. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 414 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 20) No special skills are required of the user who interfaces with the computer using natural language. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 21) A question-and-answer interface provides the user with an onscreen list of available selections. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 417 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 22) Nested menus allow users to avoid seeing menu options in which they have no interest. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 416 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 23) Feedback is the communication between the computer and a person. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 425 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces. 24) Tool tip help displays a small message identifying the function of a command button. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 426 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14c-Design a variety of user interfaces.

25) A derived value is used when the user enters the same data value for a screen field most of the time. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 427 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI. 26) An application programming interface is a set of small programs and protocols used like building blocks for building software applications. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 435 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 27) When two or more APIs are used together they form a GUI. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 435 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 28) Each query involves three items: an entity, an attribute, and a value. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 435 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 29) Structured Query Language (SQL) uses a grid to select query records. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 438 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 30) Query by example uses a series of keywords and commands to select the rows and columns for a query. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 440 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 31) A query type 4 is similar to query type 1, except that the values of all attributes are desired. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 436 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web.

32) The intent of a query type 2 is to find an entity or entities when an attribute and value are given. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 437 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 33) The purpose of a query type 3 is to determine which attributes fit the description provided when the entity and value are given. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 436 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 34) Using Structured Query Language (SQL) is easy for anyone to do since there are no words or commands needed. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 440 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14h-Formulate queries that permit users to search the Web. 35) An example of a multitouch gesture is enlarging a photo on a tablet by flicking your fingers outward. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 423 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14b-Design useful touch screen interfaces for smartphones and tablets 36) Each app on a tablet should have their own gestures that do not relate to the gestures of other apps. This will make it easier for the user to interface with the device. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 423 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14b-Design useful touch screen interfaces for smartphones and tablets 37) Smartphone alerts are used as an unobtrusive way to send a message to the user. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 424 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI. 38) A system should clearly present information to the user by having an appropriate title for each display, minimizing the use of abbreviations, and providing clear user feedback. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 426 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI. 14 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) Many GUIs incorporate tool tip help, displaying a small help message identifying the function of a command button when the cursor is placed over it. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 426 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI. 14.3 Short Answer 1) Define HCI. What is performance in the HCI context? Answer: HCI is a way of ensuring system functionality and usability, providing effective user interaction support, and enhancing a pleasant user experience. In this case, the term performance refers to a combination of the efficiency involved in performing a task and the quality of the work that is produced by the task. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 410 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14a-Understand human-computer interaction (HCI). 2) List three physical considerations that HCI design addresses. Answer: Vision, hearing and touch are the three physical considerations that HCI design addresses. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 413 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14b-Design useful touch screen interfaces for smartphones and tablets 3) List three ways to notify a Web user that the input is not in the correct form. Answer: When data are incorrect, the system can generate a window that briefly describes the problem, display a text message on the page that is large enough to be seen or make a beeping sound to indicate an error. Students may come up with additional methods that may also apply. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 429 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14f-Understand the importance of user feedback. 4) What are the seven situations that require feedback for users? Answer: 1. Acknowledging acceptance of input 2. Recognizing that input is in the correct form 3. Notifying that input is not in the correct form 4. Explaining a delay in processing 5. Acknowledging that a request is completed 6. Notifying that a request was not completed 7. Offering the user more detailed feedback Diff: 3 Page Ref: 429-430 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14f-Understand the importance of user feedback.

5) List five of the eight ways to minimize user action when keying in data. Answer: 1. Key codes, such as airport codes when making a flight reservation, instead of whole words on entry screens. 2. Enter only data that are not already stored on files. 3. Supply the editing characters (for example, slashes as date field separators). 4. Use default values for fields on entry screens. 5. Design an inquiry (or change or delete) program so that the user needs to enter only the first few characters of a name or item description. 6. Provide keystrokes for selecting pull-down menu options. 7. Use radio buttons and drop-down lists to control displays of new Web pages or to change Web forms. 8. Provide cursor control for Web forms and other displays so that the cursor moves to the next field when the right number of characters has been entered. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 427 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 14e-Design effective onscreen dialogue for HCI.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 15 Designing Accurate Data Entry Procedures 15.1 Multiple Choice 1) The systems analyst can support accurate data entry through achievement of all these broad objectives except: A) effective screen design. B) effective and complete data capture. C) efficient data capture. D) assuring quality through validation. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 447 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 2) Which is not a purpose for coding? A) keeping track of something B) classifying information C) concealing information D) creating information E) revealing information Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 3) Which code indicates the approximate order that the data were entered? A) classification codes B) alphabetic deviation codes C) block sequence codes D) cipher codes E) simple sequence codes Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

4) A disadvantage of alphabetic derivation codes is that: A) there is no meaning inherent in the code. B) there may be names that do not have the minimum required number of consonants in the name or description. C) there are not enough attributes in the data to form a code. D) there is no way to obtain information from a part of the code. E) there is no way to sort on any of the data. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 448-449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 5) Classification codes are used to: A) group data according to a common characteristic. B) control the sequence of data by ensuring that a class of codes has all unique values. C) disguise data within a classification, that is, ensure security for classified data. D) encrypt data according to a security class. E) enable users to understand the components or classes of data within a larger code. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 450 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 6) A problem that occurs with classification codes is that: A) there may not be enough letters to form a complete code. B) the classifications may not be secure enough. C) there may be several groups that have the same first letter. D) the classifications are not easily understood since they are encrypted. E) the data may not be recognized as belonging to any classes. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 449-450 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

7) The code used for pull-down menus in a GUI system is: A) classification codes. B) alphabetic deviation codes. C) block sequence codes. D) cipher codes. E) simple sequence codes. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 450 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 8) Which code is used to assign codes sequentially within a category? A) classification codes B) alphabetic deviation codes C) block sequence codes D) cipher codes E) simple sequence codes Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 450 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 9) Which code may be used to conceal or disguise information? A) classification codes B) alphabetic deviation codes C) block sequence codes D) simple sequence codes E) cipher codes Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 451 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 10) Which code describes an object by its membership in many subgroups? A) significant-digit codes B) block sequence codes C) cipher codes D) mnemonic codes E) function codes Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 451 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 3 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

11) An advantage of using significant-digit codes is that: A) the data may be easily concealed. B) the code may be generated by auto-sequencing programs. C) the code is short and quick to enter. D) inquiries may be performed on a portion of the code. E) the code combines the flexibility of data that is grouped and a sequence code. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 12) Any code that helps the data entry person remember how to enter the data or the end-user remember how to use the information can be considered: A) classification code. B) significant-digit code. C) mnemonic code. D) block sequence code. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 13) The code that is used to represent glyphs or syllables or whole words is: A) block sequence. B) unicode. C) mnemonic code. D) significant-digit. Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 453 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 14) Which code is necessary for instructing either the computer or the decision maker about what action to take? A) function code B) mnemonic code C) classification code D) simple sequence code Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 453 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 4 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

15) In establishing a coding system, the analyst should do all except: A) make codes that are diversified. B) keep codes concise. C) keep codes uniform. D) allow for modification of codes. E) make codes meaningful. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 454 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 16) Why would a company issuing credit cards use a code that is much larger than the minimum length? A) to allow for expansion, since the customer growth may increase exponentially B) because the numbers are assigned sequentially and the codes should not use all possible numbers C) so that a person would not be able to guess a credit card number and illegally use it to purchase goods D) because the codes use the alphabetic derivation format E) since the codes are used to do inquiries on the data within them Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 454 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 17) Codes are: A) used in GUI programs to ensure that codes keyed by the user are valid. B) used in a validation program to ensure that only valid codes have been entered. C) printed in reports. D) displayed on screens. E) All of the above. Answer: B Diff: 3 Page Ref: 456 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

18) Codes in a GUI system may be stored: A) in a database table. B) as a database function. C) as a pull-down list. D) A and B above. E) A and C above. Answer: D Diff: 3 Page Ref: 457 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 19) Which is a way to read input from a source document with an optical scanner rather than off the magnetic media? A) mark sense forms B) punch out forms C) optical character recognition (OCR) D) bar codes Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 461 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 20) Which method is useful for scoring answer sheets for survey questionnaires? A) data strips B) bar codes C) punch out forms D) mark sense forms E) MICR Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 461 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 21) Which of the following is used by radio frequency identification for automatic collection of data? A) micro transmitting stations B) transponders C) cell phones D) hand-held devices Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 460 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 6 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

22) Which is not a possible way to validate input? A) test for missing data B) test for correct field length C) test for accurate character data D) test for comparison with stored data E) using check digits Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 464-465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 23) Value checks are performed for data that is: A) continuous. B) discrete. C) cross-referenced. D) using a check digit. E) stored on a master file. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 24) Credit card processing uses a check digit formula called the ________ formula. A) RFID B) modulus 3 C) Luhn D) regular expression E) DTD Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 25) Which of the following is a way to validate an XML document? A) DTD B) schema C) Both of the above will validate an XML document. D) None of the above will validate an XML document. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 467 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation.

26) The process of putting ambiguous or cumbersome data into short, easily entered digits or letters is called: A) coding. B) data entry. C) data capture. D) data analysis. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 27) A ________ code, rather than a random number, gives users an approximation of when the order was received. A) sequence B) alphabetic C) simple D) numeric Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 28) Data are unclear and not as readily interpretable when coding classes are not mutually: A) exclusive. B) elusive. C) enforced. D) inclusive. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 29) A user enters the code directly into the terminal of a(n) ________ system or onto a source document of a batch system. A) online B) offline C) documented D) paper-based Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 8 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

30) The ________ sequence code is an extension of the sequence code. A) block B) classification C) significant-digit D) numeric Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 450 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 31) When it is possible to describe a product via its membership in many subgroups, we can use a ________ code to help describe it. A) significant-digit B) block C) cipher D) numeric Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 451 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 32) The code that is used to represent glyphs or syllables or whole words is called: A) unicode. B) function code. C) alpha-numeric code. D) mnemonic code. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 453 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 33) ________ means that the identification code for a customer should not change each time new data are received. A) Stability B) Reliability C) Standards based D) Sortable Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 454 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems.

34) There are two types of data to enter: data that ________ every transaction, and data that concisely differentiate the particular item being processed from all other items. A) change B) filter C) capture D) remove Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 457 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 35) Effective data ________ is achievable only if prior thought is given to what the source document should contain. A) capture B) entry C) feedback D) analysis Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 458 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 36) One of the disadvantages of using 2D codes is: A) the ease with which a printed code can be stickered over or tampered with. B) that codes are readable without the use of specialized software. C) the unreliability of the transponders used that may run out of power. D) the minimum distance required to read the code. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 460 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems.

15.2 True/False 1) Coded data require less time to enter and reduce the number of items entered. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 2) A sequence code eliminates the possibility of assigning the same number. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 3) A random number should be used when order of processing requires knowledge of the sequence in which items enter the system or the order in which events unfold. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 4) Coding affords the ability to distinguish between classes of items. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 5) To be useful, classes must be mutually inclusive. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 6) Classification codes should be listed in manuals or posted so that users can locate them easily. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 449 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

7) Only systems analysts need to know the cipher codes by heart. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 451 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 8) One reason for revealing information through codes is to make the data entry more meaningful. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 451 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 9) Any code that helps the data-entry person remember how to enter the data or the end-user remember how to use the information can be considered an alphabetic derivation code. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 10) Unicode is used to represent glyphs or syllables or whole words. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 11) If codes must be long, they should be broken up into subcodes. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 453 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 12) The code abbreviations in a mnemonic system must be frequently changed. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

13) Numeric codes are much easier to sort than alphanumerics. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 455 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 14) Keep codes uniform among, as well as within, programs. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 455 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 15) When using codes in a GUI interface, they should only be selected using a check box. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 456 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 16) If codes change frequently or are somewhat unstable, they should be stored as a database function in a GUI system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 457 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 17) Bar codes encode text, graphics, and data into small rectangular dots on a narrow strip of paper. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 459 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 18) Radio frequency identification allows the automatic collection of data using RFID tags or transponders that contain a chip and an antenna. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 460 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

19) Active RFID tags are much less reliable because they depend on their own power supply, which may fail. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 460 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 20) The analyst must assume that errors in the data will not occur. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 462 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 21) A test for range or reasonableness works if there are only a few valid values, and it is feasible for situations in which values are not restricted and predictable. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 464 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 22) The Luhn formula is designed to catch every transposition error. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465-466 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 23) Credit card processing uses a check digit formula called the Luhn formula. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 24) A pattern that contains symbols representing the type of data that must be present in a field is called a character map. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 466 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 25) An XML DTD is much more powerful than a schema. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 467 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 14 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

26) Bar codes appear on any person or object that needs to be checked into and out of any kind of inventory system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 459 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 27) Radio frequency identification allows the automatic collection of data using tags or transponders that contain a chip and an antenna. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 460 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 28) There are three main problems that can occur with input transactions: submitting the wrong data to the system, submission of data by an unauthorized person, or asking the system to perform an unacceptable function. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 463 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 29) Value checks are usually performed for any data. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 30) A value check is used when one element has a relationship with another one. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 31) A mathematical process of assuring data accuracy involves multiplying each of the digits in the original code by some predetermined weights, summing these results, and then dividing this sum by a modulus number. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation.

32) Use the stored data system to prevent the mistake that the intended number 53411 is typed in as number 54311 instead. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 33) A method for validating credit cards uses a check digit formula called the Kendall formula. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 465 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 34) A pattern that contains symbols that represent the type of data that must be present in a field is called a regular expression . Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 466 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 35) XML documents may be validated by comparing them to a DTD or a schema. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 466 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15c-Recognize how to ensure data quality through validation. 36) In an ecommerce system, data is generally entered into the system by the programmer. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 467 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15d-Articulate accuracy advantages of user input on ecommerce websites. 37) Data entered at the point of sale are reused throughout the entire order fulfillment process in a(n) ecommerce system. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 467 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15d-Articulate accuracy advantages of user input on ecommerce websites. 38) Accuracy is improved by better feedback. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 468 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15d-Articulate accuracy advantages of user input on ecommerce websites.

39) Ensuring the quality of the data input to the information system is critical to ensuring quality output. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 468 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15d-Articulate accuracy advantages of user input on ecommerce websites. 15.3 Short Answer 1) List the four objectives that a systems analyst can use to support accurate data entry. Answer: 1. Creating meaningful coding for data 2. Designing efficient data capture approaches 3. Assuring complete and effective data capture 4. Assuring data quality through validation Diff: 2 Page Ref: 447 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 2) What is a simple sequence code? Give an example of how this code could be used. Answer: A simple sequence code is a number that is assigned to something just because it needs to be numbered. It therefore has no relation to the data themselves. An example of a simple sequence code would be an order number for an online store. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 448 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks. 3) What is the purpose of using a mnemonic code for data? Answer: A mnemonic code is a human memory aid that helps either the data entry person remember how to enter the data or the user remember how to use the information. Diff: 1 Page Ref: 452 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15a-Understand the uses of effective coding to support users in accomplishing their tasks.

4) List five of the eight data entry methods mentioned in the book. Answer: 1. Keyboards 2. Bar codes 3. QR codes 4. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) 5. Near Field Communication (NFC) 6. Optical character recognition (OCR) 7. Magnetic ink character recognition 8. Mark-sense forms Diff: 3 Page Ref: 458-461 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 5) What are the four improvements to data accuracy that transactions conducted over ecommerce Web sites can offer? Answer: 1. Customers generally key or enter data themselves. 2. Data entered by customers are stored for later use. 3. Data entered at the point of sale are reused throughout the entire order fulfillment process. 4. Information is used as feedback to customers. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 467 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15d-Articulate accuracy advantages of user input on ecommerce websites.

Systems Analysis and Design, 10e (Kendall/Kendall) Chapter 16 Quality Assurance and Implementation 16.1 Multiple Choice 1) Which of the following is not a part of the Six Sigma methodology? A) Define the problem. B) Analyze the cause. C) Standardize the changes. D) Implement the solution. E) Draw conclusions. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 2) Which is a way to use peer reviewers to monitor the system's programming and overall development? A) systems design B) systems development C) structured walkthroughs D) structure charts Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 3) Which of the following is not related to structured walkthroughs? A) to use peer reviewers to monitor the system's programming B) to monitor the system's specific development C) to point out problems D) to allow the programmer or analyst responsible for that portion to make suitable changes Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance

4) Which people are not involved in structured walkthroughs? A) a programmer or analyst B) a walkthrough coordinator C) a programmer or analyst peer D) the information system department manager Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 5) Which is not an advantage of using a top-down approach to systems design? A) avoiding the chaos of attempting to design a system "all at once" B) the ability to have separate systems analysis teams working in parallel on different but necessary subsystems C) avoiding bias from the systems analyst D) eventually the subsystems must be reintegrated Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 478 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 6) Which is not an advantage of modular programming? A) Modules make it easier to see the whole program code. B) Tracing an error in a module is less complicated. C) Modules are easier to maintain. D) Modules are easier to grasp. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 479-480 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 7) Which is an incorrect guideline for modular programming? A) Keep each module to a manageable size. B) Pay particular attention to the critical interfaces. C) Maximize the number of modules the user needs to modify when making changes. D) Maintain the hierarchical relationships set up in the top-down phases. Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 480 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance

8) Which is not a reason that systems and programs are undocumented or under-documented? A) systems B) technicians C) programs D) systems analysts E) programmers Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 482 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 9) What is not contained in procedure manuals? A) background comments B) steps to accomplish different transactions C) instructions on how to recover from problems D) what to do next if something worked E) trouble-shooting Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 482 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 10) Which of the following is not a guideline to help choose an appropriate documentation technique? A) is compatible with existing documentation B) is understood by others in the organization C) allows you to return to working on the system after you have been away from it for a period of time D) is suitable for the size of the system you are working on E) allows for an unstructured design approach if it is considered to be more important than other factors Answer: E Diff: 1 Page Ref: 485 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems.

11) Which is the correct testing process? I. full systems testing with test data II. link testing with test data III. full systems testing with live data IV. program testing with test data A) IV - II - I - III B) IV - I - II - III C) II - IV - I - III D) IV - I - III - II E) II - IV - III - I Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 15b-Design effective and efficient data capture approaches for people and systems. 12) At what stage do operators and end-users become actively involved in testing? A) link testing with test data B) full systems testing with test data C) program testing with test data D) full systems testing with live data Answer: B Diff: 1 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 13) In the client/server model, which of the following is not handled by the server? A) access to databases B) managing peripheral devices C) retrieving data D) user interface Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 489 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design.

14) Which of the following is an advantage of the client/server model? A) less customization of applications B) lower start-up costs C) provides greater computer power D) fosters a high managerial level of decision making Answer: C Diff: 2 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 15) What type of computing allows the use of Web services, database services, and application services over the Internet, without having to invest in corporate or personal hardware, software, or software tools? A) broadcast computing B) central computing C) ring computing D) cloud computing E) client computing Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 16) While cloud computing is not immune to outages, it can spread the risk of service interruption to multiple servers by: A) providing many redundant sites. B) allowing sites to back up their own content as often as they would like. C) connecting to the internet via satellite. D) providing both database services and Web services. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 491 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design.

17) The barrier between an internal and external network is called: A) a firewall. B) physical security. C) encryption software. D) behavioral security. E) netlock. Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 502 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16e-Recognize the differences among physical conversion strategies and be able to recommend an appropriate one to a client. 18) Ecommerce protection must be used to prevent security threats from: A) external users. B) internal Web users. C) both external and internal users. D) extranet users. Answer: C Diff: 3 Page Ref: 503 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16e-Recognize the differences among physical conversion strategies and be able to recommend an appropriate one to a client. 19) Which of these is not a kind of security? A) behavioral B) hierarchical C) logical D) physical Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 501 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16e-Recognize the differences among physical conversion strategies and be able to recommend an appropriate one to a client. 20) Which of the following is an action that does not help to provide security for an ecommerce site? A) email filtering products B) virus protection software C) URL filtering products D) private key infrastructure E) secure socket layering Answer: D Diff: 2 Page Ref: 510 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 6 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

21) Products that assess and report on the potential risks in a system are called: A) vulnerability management products. B) intrusion detection products. C) URL filtering products. D) firewalls. E) secure socket layering products. Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 503 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 22) Which of the following is not a privacy consideration for ecommerce? A) Have a corporate policy on privacy that is displayed on the Web site. B) Make it mandatory for users to fill out personal information on a Web site, while ensuring them that the information will be kept confidential. C) Use sources that allow you to obtain anonymous information about classes of customers. D) Only ask for the information the application requires to complete the transaction. E) Avoid the latest trick that permits your client to gather information about the customer. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 503 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 23) Which of the following is not one of the seven elements to consider during and after a disaster? A) Identify the teams responsible for managing a crisis. B) Establish multiple communication channels among employees and consultants who are onsite. C) Determine data replication technologies that match the organization's timetable for getting systems up and running. D) Provide recovery solutions that include an off-site location. E) Provide the location of the nearest insurance claims adjuster. Answer: E Diff: 3 Page Ref: 504 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems.

24) Which of the following is not used to evaluate a corporate website? A) Learn about the pages that have been accessed. B) Use "Web bugs" to gather information about the customer. C) Collect visitor demographics, such as the geographic region or city. D) Find out who is referring the Web site visitors to your Web site. E) Determine the browser that the visitor is using. Answer: B Diff: 2 Page Ref: 508-509 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client. 25) Finding more about the Web page visitors includes: A) whether the visitor is a new or returning visitor. B) the geographic region of the visitor. C) who the top visitors are. D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 508 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client. 26) ________ is a culture built on quality that has a project leader called a Black Belt. A) Six Sigma B) Total Quality Management C) Systems Design D) Systems Analysis and Design Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 27) In a structured walkthrough, the ________ records what is said so that the others present can interact without encumbrance. A) notetaker B) user C) manager D) programmer Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 477 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance

28) Use structured walkthroughs as a way to obtain valuable ________ from a perspective that you lack. A) feedback B) data C) interaction D) stories Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 29) Once the top-down design approach is taken, the ________ approach is useful in programming. A) modular B) system-wide C) feedback D) database design Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 479 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 30) In a structure chart, the arrows with the empty circles are called ________, while the arrows with the filled-in circles are called control flags. A) data-couples B) control labels C) data-flags D) control modules Answer: A Diff: 3 Page Ref: 480 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 31) ________ allow(s) users, programmers, and analysts to see the system, its software, and procedures without having to interact with it. A) Documentation B) Procedures C) Stories and folklore D) Customers Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 482 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 9 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

32) Which of the following are the main advantages that FOLKLORE has over blogs and commonly found user communities? A) It is structured, resulting in more organized, more complete documentation. B) It encourages someone familiar with the software to seek out information rather than depend on users to come forth on their own. C) Both A and B. D) Neither A nor B. Answer: C Diff: 1 Page Ref: 482-483 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 33) ________ are brief statements representing generalizations or advice. A) Sayings B) Tales C) Customs D) Art forms Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 484 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 34) At the program testing stage, programmers must first ________ their programs to verify the way a routine will work. A) desk check B) live check C) encode D) encrypt Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 485 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing.

35) ________ checks to see if programs that are interdependent actually work together as planned. A) Link testing B) Desk checking C) Full systems testing D) Production testing Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 36) A factor to consider when full systems testing with test data is to examine whether operators have adequate ________ in procedure manuals. A) documentation B) testing C) maintenance D) data Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 37) ________ is performed most often to improve the existing software. A) Maintenance B) Testing C) Documentation D) Cloud computing Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 488 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 38) Although networks can be characterized by their shape or topology, they are also discussed in terms of their ________ coverage and the kinds of services they offer. A) geographic B) user C) growing D) topic Answer: A Diff: 1 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 11 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

39) The most rapidly growing type of computing is: A) cloud computing. B) client/server computing. C) desktop computing. D) laptop computing. Answer: A Diff: 2 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 40) A three-tiered client/server model includes which of the following? A) Web server B) application server C) database server D) All of the above. Answer: D Diff: 1 Page Ref: 489 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 16.2 True/False 1) Six Sigma is more than a methodology, it is a culture built on quality. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 475 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 2) When performing a structured walkthrough, the analyst oversees that others adhere to any roles assigned and assures that any activities scheduled are accomplished. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 3) The program author should not defend his thinking, rationalize problems, or argue. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance

4) Structured walkthroughs fit well within a total quality assurance program when accomplished throughout the systems development life cycle. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 477 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 5) The top-down approach provides the systems group with a ready-made division of users into task forces for subsystems. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 479 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 6) The fewer data couples and control flags in the system, the more difficult it is to change the system. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 480 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 7) On-line manuals on websites should include a FAQ page and downloadable updates. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 468 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 8) When a system is tested with normal transactions, variations are added, including invalid data used to ensure that the system can properly detect errors. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 9) At the stage of full systems testing with live data, operators and end-users become actively involved in testing. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 486 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 13 Copyright © 2019 Pearson Education, Inc.

10) Maintenance is performed most often to improve the existing software, rather than to respond to crisis or system failure. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 488 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 11) Reducing maintenance costs is a major concern, because software maintenance alone can devour upward of 50 percent of the total data processing budget for a business. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 488 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 12) If the reliability of a telecommunications network is high, it is possible to use a distributed system for business. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 488 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16b-Realize the importance of documentation, testing, maintenance, and auditing. 13) In a client/server model, servers are the users. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 489 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 14) With a client/server model, users interact with unlimited parts of the application. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 489 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 15) A "client-based application" means that the application resides in a client computer but can also be accessed by other users on the network. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design.

16) Security of computer facilities is part of the conversion process. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 501 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 17) Security has three interrelated aspects: physical, logical, and behavioral. As long as at least two aspects are in place, the quality of security is considered high. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 501 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 18) Passwords and authorization codes are examples of logical security controls. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 502 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 19) A firewall constructs a barrier between an internal network and an intranet. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 502 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 20) A firewall is attack-proof. Answer: FALSE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 502 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 21) To make your website more secure, you must ask the user or customer to give up some privacy. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 503 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems.

22) The fields of disaster preparedness and disaster recovery are independent of each other. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 504 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 23) During disaster planning, redundancy of data provides the key for eliminating single points of failure for servers running Web applications. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 504 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 24) One way to evaluate your website is to find out more about the website's visitors. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 508 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client. 25) Utilities of information include possession, form, place, access level and time. Answer: FALSE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 506 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 26) Often organizations that are using cloud computing do not find it necessary to make up-front capital expenditures on IT infrastructure, so it enables smaller companies with smaller and less predictable budgets to make advances in processing more quickly. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 491 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 27) The hub decomposition diagram is useful for showing how the major hubs are connected. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 495 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design.

28) Systems analysts engage in an educational process with users that is called training. Answer: TRUE Diff: 1 Page Ref: 496 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16d-Design appropriate training programs for users of a new system. 29) All people who will have primary or secondary use of a system must be involved in the system design. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 496 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16d-Design appropriate training programs for users of a new system. 30) The most rapidly growing type of computing is desktop computing. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 490 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16c-Understand how service-oriented architecture and cloud computing are changing the nature of information systems design. 31) Parallel conversion attempts to combine the best features of parallel and direct conversion, without incurring all the risks. Answer: FALSE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 499 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client. 32) Conversion by direct changeover means that, on a specified date, users stop using the old system and the new system is put into use. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 499 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client. 33) Security is the responsibility of all those who come into contact with the system and is only as good as the most lax behavior or policy in the organization. Answer: TRUE Diff: 3 Page Ref: 501 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems.

34) Conversion by direct changeover means that, on a specified date, users stop using the old system, and the new system is put into use. Answer: TRUE Diff: 2 Page Ref: 499 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16e-Recognize the differences among physical conversion strategies and be able to recommend an appropriate one to a client. 16.3 Short Answer 1) What are the four major guidelines an analyst should use to set-up training for a new system? Answer: 1. Establishing measurable objectives 2. Using appropriate training methods 3. Selecting suitable training sites 4. Employing understandable training materials Diff: 3 Page Ref: 497 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16d-Design appropriate training programs for users of a new system. 2) In terms of disaster recovery, what are the seven elements that need to be considered during and after a disaster? Answer: 1. Identify the teams responsible for managing a crisis. 2. Eliminate single points of failure. 3. Determine data replication technologies that match the organization's timetable for getting systems up and running. 4. Create detailed relocation and transportation plans. 5. Establish multiple communication channels among employees and consultants who are onsite, such as analysis teams. 6. Provide recovery solutions that include an off-site location. 7. Ensure the physical and psychological well-being of employees and others who may be physically present at the work site when a disaster hits. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 504 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems.

3) Define what is meant by doing a structured walkthrough. Who should be involved? Answer: Structured walkthroughs are a way of using peer reviewers to monitor the system's programming and overall development, point out problems, and allow the programmer or analyst responsible for that portion of the system to make suitable changes. Structured walkthroughs involve at least four people: the person responsible for the part of the system or subsystem being reviewed (a programmer or analyst), a walkthrough coordinator, a programmer or analyst peer, and a peer who takes notes about suggestions. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 476 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16a-Recognize the importance of users and analysts taking a total quality approach to software design and maintenance 4) When converting from an old to a new system, what is a direct change over? A modular conversion? A Distributed conversion? Answer: Conversion by direct changeover means that, on a specified date, users stop using the old system and the new system is put into use. Modular conversion uses the building of self-contained, operational subsystems to change from old systems to new in a gradual manner. Distributed conversion refers to a situation in which multiple systems are converted at a single location. When that conversion is successfully completed, other conversions are done for other sites. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 499-500 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16e-Recognize the differences among physical conversion strategies and be able to recommend an appropriate one to a client.

5) Define the terms physical, logical, and behavioral security, and give an example of each one that illustrates the differences among them. Answer: 1. Physical security refers to securing the computer facility, its equipment, and software through physical means. It can include controlling access to the computer room by means of machine readable badges, biometric systems, or a human sign-in/sign-out system, as well as using closed circuit television cameras to monitor computer areas, backing up data frequently, and storing backups in a fireproof, waterproof area, often at a secure off-site location. 2. Logical security refers to logical controls in the software itself. The logical controls familiar to most users are passwords or authorization codes of some sort. 3. The behavioral security refers to the expectations of an organization that are implicit in its policy manuals and even on signs posted in work rooms and lunch rooms. The behavior that organization members internalize, however, is also critical to the success of security efforts. Diff: 3 Page Ref: 501-502 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16f-Address security, disaster preparedness, and disaster recovery concerns for traditional and Web-based systems. 6) What are seven essential items that the analyst should include in performing a Web site traffic analysis? Answer: 1. Know how often your client's website is visited. 2. Learn details about specific pages on the site. 3. Find out more about the website's visitors. 4. Discover if visitors can properly fill out the forms you designed. 5. Find out who is referring website visitors to the client's site. 6. Determine what browsers visitors are using. 7. Find out if the client's website visitors are interested in advertising. Diff: 2 Page Ref: 508-509 AACSB: Information technology Learning Objective: 16g-Understand the importance of evaluating a new system and be able to recommend a suitable evaluation technique to a client.